Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

280
SERVICE MANUAL PLAIN PAPER COPIER AUTOMATIC DUPLEXING UNIT MD-5002 2060/2860/70 Click the Page Only button to close the overview area of the window. Click the Bookmarks and Page button to open the Contents and display bookmarks created for the document. Click a bookmark’s name to go to the Page marked by that bookmark. Click the Thumbnails and Page button to open the overview area and display thumbnail images of each document page. Click a thumbnail to go to the page marked by that thumbnail. Copyright TOSHIBA CORPORATION 1995 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Transcript of Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Page 1: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

SERVICE MANUALPLAIN PAPER COPIER

AUTOMATIC DUPLEXING UNIT MD-5002

2060/2860/70

Click the Page Only button to close the overview area of the window.

Click the Bookmarks and Page button to open the Contents anddisplay bookmarks created for the document. Click a bookmark’s nameto go to the Page marked by that bookmark.

Click the Thumbnails and Page button to open the overview area anddisplay thumbnail images of each document page. Click a thumbnail togo to the page marked by that thumbnail.

Copyright TOSHIBA CORPORATION 1995ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Page 2: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE INSTALLATIONAND SERVICE FOR THE COPIER 2060, 2860/70 AND THEAUTOMATIC DUPLEXING UNIT MD-5002

1. Transportation/Installation

• When transporting/installing the copier, use two persons and be sure to use the positions as indi-

cated below.

The copier is fairly heavy and weighs approximately 73 kg (161 lb), therefore pay full attention

when handling it. (2870: 84 kg)

4 portions

2. Installation

• Be sure to use a dedicated outlet with AC 115V/15A (220V, 240V/10A) or more for its power

source.

• The copier must be grounded for safety.

Never ground it to a gas pipe or a water pipe.

• Select a suitable place for installation.

Avoid excessive heat, high humidity, dust, vibration and direct sunlight.

• Also provide proper ventilation as the copier emits a slight amount of ozone.

• To insure adequate working space for the copying operation, keep a minimum clearance of 80 cm

(32”) on the left, 80 cm (32”) on the right and 10 cm (4”) in the rear.

3. Service of Machines

• Basically, be sure to turn the main switch off and unplug the power cord during service.

• Be sure not to touch high-temperature sections such as the exposure lamp, the fuser unit, the

damp heater and their periphery.

• Be sure not to touch high-voltage sections such as the chargers and the high-voltage transformer.

• Be sure not to touch rotating/operating sections such as gears, belts, pulleys, etc.

• When servicing the machines with the main switch turned on, be sure not to touch live sections

such as the lamp terminal, etc.

• Use suitable measuring instruments and tools.

Page 3: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

4. Main Service Parts for Safety

• The breaker, door switch, fuse, thermostat, thermofuse, thermistor, etc. are particularly important

for safety. Be sure to handle/install them properly.

5. Notice Labels

• Be sure to check the rating plate and the cautionary labels such as “Unplug the power cord during

service”, “Hot area” etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface or if they are properly stuck to the

copier during servicing.

6. Disposition of Consumable Parts/Packing Materials

• Regarding the recovery and disposal of the copier, supplies, consumable parts and packing mate-

rials, it is recommended to follow the relevant local regulations or rules.

7. When parts are disassembled, reassembly is basically the reverse of disassembly unless

otherwise noted in this manual or other related documents. Be careful not to reassemble

small parts such as screws, washers, pins, E-rings, toothed washers in the wrong places.

8. Basically, the machine should not be operated with any parts removed or disassembled.

9. Precautions Against Static Electricity

• The PC board must be stored in an anti-electrostatic bag and handled carefully using a wristband,

because the ICs on it may become damaged due to static electricity.

Page 4: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1 - 1 2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS

Copy paper

Cassette Duplexing Manual Note

Size A3~A5-R A3~A6-R Adjustable to

(Ledger~Statement-R) Unfixed, Arbitary sizes

Thickness 64~80 64~130 Unit: g/m2

(Weight) (17~22) (17~34) (Unit: lb.)

Special _ _ OHP film

paper etc.

Copy process Indirect electrophotographic process (dry)

Type Desk top (console when the pedestal is used)

Exposure Type Slit exposure with fixed table

Acceptable originals Kind Sheets, books, and 3-dimensional objects.

When the document feeder is used:

Sheet originals only (60 g/m2~90 g/m2) (16 lb.~24 lb.)

Maximum size A3 (Ledger)

1. SPECIFICATIONS • ACCESSORIES • OPTIONS • SUPPLIES

1.1 Specifications

Page 5: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS 1 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

Copy speed

System copy speed

(BLI format)

First copy Approx. 4.0 sec. (Actual-size A4 or Letter from upper cassette)

Warm-up time Approx. 80 sec.

Multiple copying 1~999, keyboard entry

Reproduction ratio

Actual ratio 100% or 101% (Setting mode)

Zoom ratios 50~200% (Multiple reduction and enlargement in 1% steps)

Mode CPM

Original→Copy Number of copies 2060 2860

1 → 1 1 set 19 24

3 set 20 27

5 set 20 28

1 → 2 1 set 10 10

3 set 15 18

5 set 17 21

2 → 2 1 set 8 8

3 set 14 16

5 set 16 19

2 → 1 1 set 16 16

3 set 19 23

5 set 19 25

*Ten originals (A4) are set in the ADF. This includes the first

copy time.

Manual feeding represents the value when the size is set.

CPM

Cassette/manual LCF

Paper size 2060 2860 2060 2860

A4, B5, A5-R 20 28 20 28

LT, ST-R

A4-R, B5-R 20 26 — —

LT-R

B4, FOLIO 20 22 — —

LG, Computer

A3 19 19 — —

LD

Reduction/ 15 15 15 15

Enlargement

Page 6: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1 - 3 2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS

598mm 640mm54

0mm

Paper supply Cassette or sheet-bypass feeding

Cassette: 600 sheets

Sheet-bypass feeding: 50 sheets

Toner supply Automatic density detection and replenishment

Toner cartridge replacement

Exposure Automatic control and manually selectable (9 steps)

Weight Copier: 73 kg (with 2 cassettes and the platen cover),

ADU: 10 kg

Power source 115 V ~ 60 Hz, 12A For the U.S.A. and Canada

220 V ~ 50/60 Hz, 8A

240 V ~ 50 Hz, 8A

Power consumption 1.5 kW (115 V), 1.7 kW (220 V/240 V)

Counter 6-digit total counter

Machine size

12

3

For Europe

Page 7: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS 1 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

1.2 Accessories

Copy receiving tray : 1 pc.

Operator’s manual : 1 pc.

Set-up report : 1 pc.

Drum : 1 pc.

Developer : 1 bottle

Toner : 1 pc.

*Accessories vary according to the destination.

1.3 Options

Automatic duplexing unit: ADU MD-5002

Automatic document feeder: ADF MR-3006 (RADF), MR-2008 (ADF)

Paper feed pedestal: PFP KD-1003 (1 cassette), KD-2009 (2 cassettes)

Paper feed unit MY-1006

Large capacity feeder: LCF MP-1501

Sorter MG-1003A (10 bins)

MG-1004 (10 bins staple)

MG-2009 (20 bins)

MG-2010 (20 bins staple)

Key copy counter MU-8/MU-10 (6 digit)

1.4 Supplies

Drum OD-2060

Developer ZD-2060

Toner ZT-2060

*Options vary according to the destination.

Page 8: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 1 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

2. OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE2.1 Sectional Views and Electrical Parts Location Diagram2.1.1 Sectional view

[A] Front view

1

EL

2

ENEM

34

EO

5

FT

6

EQ

EP ER

7

8

AQ

BT

ES

ES

9AT

FK

AK

DO

CSDT

CRFL

FM

DQ

DN

CP

GKGT

AM

FR

FR

AO AP AN

FQ

AR BK AL

AS

BMBL

BN

BO

BPBQ

BR

BS

CTCK

CL

CN CO

CM

CQDMFN

FO

DK

FP

DL

DS

DPDR

FS

ET

EK

(This diagram includes an installed ADU. Refer to Chapter 13 concerning the ADU.)

Page 9: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

No. Name

CQ Cassette

CR Manual feed separation pad

CS Manual feed roller

DT Manual pickup roller

DK Cassette separation roller

DL Cassette feed roller

DM Cassette pickup roller

DN Upper transport roller

DO Manual feed switch (S6)

DP Paper guide

DQ Lower transport roller

DR Aligning switch (S8)

DS Aligning roller (U)

ET Aligning roller (L)

EK Thermistor-1 (THMS1)

EL Thermostat (THERMO)

EM Heater lamp

EN Heat roller (upper side)

EO Pressure roller (lower side)

EP Separation claw (for heat roller)

EQ Felt roller

ER Heat roller cleaning blade

ES Fuser exit roller

FT Scraper

FK Fuser cover

FL Paper stop switch-1 (S7)

FM Paper stop switch-2 (S16)

FN Paper-empty switch-2 (S14)

FO Cassette tray

FP Cassette size switch-2 (S15)

FQ Exit/ADU selection gate

FR Exit roller

FS ADU

GT Exit fan (M7)

GK Bottom fan (M8)

No. Name

1 Carriage 1

2 Mirror 1

3 Reflector

4 Light distribution adjustment plates

5 Exposure lamp

6 Carriage 2

7 Mirror 2

8 Mirror 3

9 Mirror unit

AT Mirror 4

AK Mirror 5

AL Mirror 6

AM Slit glass

AN Auto exposure sensor

AO Lens

AP Original glass

AQ Ozone filter

AR Main charger

AS Discharge lamp

BT Receiving tray

BK LED eraser array

BL Main blade

BM Recovery blade

BN Toner recovery auger

BO Separation claw (for drum)

BP Transfer charger

BQ Separation charger

BR Drum

BS Bias guide

CT Transport belt

CK Magnetic roller

CL Leveller (doctor)

CM Auto-toner sensor

CN Mixer 1

CO Mixer 2

CP Sheet bypass guide

Page 10: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 3 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

[B] Rear side view

GP

FRES

GQ

ENHQ

CT

HN

HM

GS

ITIT

IM

IN

HS

HLGRHKHTHRITIK

HP HO IO IP

IL

IN

Page 11: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

No. Name

GP Scanning motor (M2)

GQ Carriage drive wire

GR Drum gear

GS Aligning clutch (CLT2)

HT Drum driving gear

HK Drum belt

HL Belt for dev-unit, ALGN-roller & paper feeding drive

HM Belt for fuser drive

HN Main motor (M1)

HO Lens motor (M3)

HP Mirror motor (M4)

HQ Thermistor-2 (THMS2)

HR Dev-unit drive gear

HS Aligning roller

IT Paper feed belt

IK Manual feed clutch (CLT4)

IL Transport roller clutch (CLT1)

IM Transport roller drive belt

IN Cassette feed clutch (CLT3, 5)

IO Optical fan (M6,12)

IP Document motor (M11)

Page 12: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 5 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

2.1.2 Electrical parts layout

[A] DC electrical parts (except motors)

[Front side]

BN

AL

AQ

AT

AS

BO

BP

AK

7

8

2

3BT

14

BQ6

BL

AO

BMAN

CQ

AM

9CR

BS

5CL

CN

CTCK

CODT

CP

CSAR

CMBK

AP

[Rear side]

Page 13: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

*: Option

No. Name

1 Control panel key PC board (PWA-KEY)

2 Display PC board (PWA-DSP)

3 Liquid crystal module (LCD)

4 Total counter (T-CTR)

5 Logic PC board (PWA-LGC)

6 Auto paper sensor-2 (APS-R)

7 Auto paper sensor-3 (APS-C)

8 Auto paper sensor-4 (APS-F)

9 Toner-full switch (T-FUL-SW) (S13)

*AT Size switch 1 (SIZE1-SW) (S5)

AK Discharge lamp PC board (PWA-ERS)

AL LED eraser array PC board (K-DCH)

AM High-voltage power supply (PS-HVT)

AN Home switch (HOME-SW) (S10)

AO Platen switch (PTN-SW) (S27)

AP Manual feed switch (M-FED-SW) (S6)

AQ Aligning switch (PSTPO-SW) (S8)

AR Paper stop switch 1 (PSTP1-SW) (S7)

AS Side door switch (U-COV-SW) (S4)

BT Auto paper sensor-1 (APS-3B)

No. Name

*BK Paper-empty switch-1 (EMP1-SW) (S3)

BL Exit switch (EXIT-SW) (S9)

BM Heat-roller thermistor 1 (THMS1-HTR)

BN Toner sensor (TNR-ATC)

BO Lens switch (LNS-SW) (S11)

BP Mirror switch (MRR-SW) (S12)

BQ Automatic exposure PC board (PWA-AES)

BS Aligning-roller clutch (RGT0-CLT) (CLT2)

CT Transport-roller clutch (RGT1-CLT) (CLT1)

CK Manual-feed roller clutch (MFED-CLT) (CLT4)

*CL Feed-roller clutch 1 (FED1-CLT) (CLT3)

CM Size switch 2 (SIZE2-SW) (S15)

CN Feed-roller clutch 2 (FED2-CLT) (CLT5)

CO Paper-empty switch 2 (EMP2-SW) (S14)

CP Paper stop switch 2 (PSTP2-SW) (S16)

CQ Heat-roller thermistor-2 (THMS2-HTR)

CR Drum thermistor (DRM-THMS)

*CS Tray-up switch (T-UP1-SW) (S28)

DT Tray-up switch (T-UP2-SW) (S29)

Page 14: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 7 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

[B] DC electrical parts (motors)

No. Name

DK Main motor (MAIN-MOT) (M1)

DL Scanning motor (SCN-MOT) (M2)

DM Lens motor (LNS-MOT) (M3)

DN Mirror motor (MRR-MOT) (M4)

DO Toner motor (TNR-MOT) (M9)

DP Document motor (DCM-MOT) (M11)

No. Name

*DQ Tray-up motor-1 (T-UP1-MOT) (M13)

DR Tray-up motor-2 (T-UP2-MOT) (M14)

DS Optical fan-F (OPT-FAN-F) (M12)

ET Optical fan-R (OPT-FAN-R) (M6)

EK Exit fan (EXIT-FAN) (M7)

EL Bottom fan (BTM-FAN) (M8)

*: Option

[Front side]

[Rear side]

DP

DL

DK

EL

ET

EK

DQDN

DR

DO

DS

DM

Page 15: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

[C] AC electrical parts

No. Name

FT Thermostat (Option)

FK Damp heater U1 (D-HTR-U1) (Option)

FL Exposure lamp (EXPO-LAMP)

FM Thermofuse (FU-EXPO)

FN Fuse PC board (PWA-FUS) (Option)

FO Damp heater U2 (D-HTR-U2) (Option)

No. Name

EM SW power supply (PS-ACC)

EN Door switch (DOOR-SW) (S2)

EO Main switch (MAIN-SW) (S1)

EP Lamp regulator PC board (PWA-LRG)

EQ Heater lamp (HTR-LAMP)

ER Damp heater L (D-HTR-L) (Option)

ES Thermostat (K-THERMO)

EO

FN

FK

EN

EP

FT

FM

FL

FO

ES

EQ

EM

ER

[Rear side]

[Front side]

Page 16: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 9 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

Parts list

Page Item

M1 MAIN-MOT (Main motor) Drives the drum, developer, IC motor 10 31

heat roller and transport belt

M2 SCN-MOT (Scanning motor) Scans the optical system Pulse motor 5 23

M3 LNS-MOT (Lens motor) Drives the lens unit Pulse motor 11 23

M4 MRR-MOT (Mirror motor) Drives the mirror unit Pulse motor 11 23

M6 OPT-FAN-R (Optics fan-R) Cools the optical system IC motor: Z80 5 8

M7 EXIT-FAN (Exit-fan) Cools the drum and cleaner IC motor: Z80 4 14

M8 BTM-FAN (Bottom fan) Prevents the paper from floating IC motor: Z80 4 14

up through suction

M9 TNR-MOT (Toner motor) Replenishes the toner Brush motor 23 30

M11 DCM-MOT (Document motor) Drives copy-area indicators Pulse motor 9 2

M12 OPT-FAN-F (Optical fan-F) Cools the optical system IC motor: Z80 4 14

M13 T-UP1-MOT (Tray-up motor-1) Drives the upper cassette tray to Brush motor 12 36

lift up/down

M14 T-UP2-MOT (Tray-up motor-2) Drives the lower cassette tray to Brush motor 12 36

lift up/down

2.2 Symbol and Function of Electrical Parts(1) Motors

Parts list

Page Item

CLT1 RGT1-CLT Transmits transport-roller drive. 13 40

(Transport-roller clutch)

CLT2 RGT0-CLT Transmits aligning-roller drive. 15 16

(Aligning-roller clutch)

CLT3 FED1-CLT Transmits feed-roller clutch 12 24

(Feed-roller clutch-1) drive. (Upper cassette)

CLT4 MFED-CLT Transmits manual-feed roller 14 17

(Manual-feed roller clutch) clutch drive.

CLT5 FED2-CLT Transmits feed-roller clutch 12 24

(Feed-roller clutch-2) drive. (Lower cassette)

(2) Electromagnetic spring clutches

(3) Counters

Symbol Code name RemarksFunction

Symbol Code name Function Remarks

Symbol Code name Function RemarksParts list

Page Item

T T-CTR (Total counter) Total counter 6-digit 3 23

K K-CTR (Key-copy counter) Individual counter 6-digit (option) 101 5

Page 17: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

Parts list

Page Item

S1 MAIN-SW (Main switch) Power supply Tumbler type 6 3

S2 DOOR-SW (Door switch) For safety, cancels abnormal Push switch 6 4

condition

S3 EMP1-SW Detects lack of paper in the upper Photointerruptor 12 32

(Paper-empty switch-1) cassette

S4 U-COV-SW For safety, detects open/closed Push switch 2 27

(Side door switch) condition of paper jam release cover

S5 SIZE1-SW (Size switch-1) Detects upper cassette size Push switch 13 50

S6 M-FED-SW Detects manual feeding Photointerruptor 14 3

(Manual-feed switch)

S7 PSTP1-SW Detects paper in front of the Photointerruptor 13 8

(Paper stop switch-1) upper transport roller

S8 PSTP0-SW Detects paper in front of the Photointerruptor 15 20

(Aligning switch) aligning roller

S9 EXIT-SW (Exit switch) Detects exiting paper Photointerruptor 28 8

S10 HOME-SW (Home switch) Detects home position of the Photointerruptor 11 8

optical system

S11 LNS-SW (Lens switch) Detects home position of the lens Photointerruptor 11 8

unit

S12 MRR-SW (Mirror switch) Detects home position of the mirror Photointerruptor 11 8

unit

S13 T-FUL-SW Detects when the used toner bag Push switch 10 25

(Toner-full switch) is full

S14 EMP2-SW Detects lack of paper in the lower Photointerruptor 12 32

(Paper-empty switch-2) cassette

S15 SIZE2-SW Detects lower cassette size Push switch 13 50

(Size switch-2)

S16 PSTP2-SW Detects paper in front of the lower Photointerruptor 2 26

(Paper stop switch-2) transport roller

S27 PTN-SW Detects open/closed condition of Photointerruptor 5 38

(Platen switch) the platen cover

S28 T-UP1-SW Detects the position of the upper Photointerruptor 12 32

(Tray-up-1 switch) cassette tray

S29 T-UP2-SW Detects the position of the lower Photointerruptor 12 32

(Tray-up-2 switch) cassette tray

(4) Switches

Symbol Code name Function Remarks

Page 18: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 11 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

(5) Heaters and lamps

(6) PC boards

Parts list

Page Item

LGC PWA-LGC (Logic PC board) Controls the entire copier 8 15

DSP PWA-DSP Controls condition displays 3 20

(Display PC board)

KEY PWA-KEY Controls operation keys 3 21

(Key PC board)

LRG PWA-LRG Controls exposure lamp 5 20

(Lamp regulator PC board)

DCH K-DCH Turns on and drives LED during 4 10

(LED eraser array PC board) reduction

ERS PWA-ERS Discharge lamp 4 12

(Discharge lamp PC board)

AES PWA-AES Reads dark/light of the original 17 37

(Automatic exposure PC board)

FUS PWA-FUS (Fuse PC board) Fuse for the damp heater circuit 7 31

Symbol Code name Function Remarks

Symbol Code name Function Remarks

Parts list

Page Item

EXP EXPO-LAMP Exposes the original Halogen lamp 18 13

(Exposure lamp) 300W

HTR HTR-LAMP (Heater lamp) Fixing Halogen lamp 25 6

900W

(100V series)

1100W

(200V series)

ERS ERS-LAMP Discharges the drum Fuse type 4 12

(Discharge lamp)

DCH DCH-LED To interrupt the charge LED 4 10

(LED eraser array)

DHU1 D-HTR-U1 (Damp heater U1) Keeps optical system warm (option) Cement resistor 102 4

DHU2 D-HTR-U2 (Damp heater U2) Keeps optical system warm (option) Cement resistor 102 4

DHL D-HTR-L (Damp heater L) Keeps the drum and transfer/separation Cement resistor 7 30

charger case warm (option)

Page 19: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

(7) Transformers

Parts list

Page Item

HVT PS-HVT (Charging transformer) Generates high voltage electricity Mono unit type 7 27

for charging (negative voltage)

(Transfer/separation Generates high voltage electricity

transformer) for transfer/separation and

developing bias voltage

(Transfer bias Generates bias voltage to raise

transformer) transfer efficiency

ACC PS-ACC Power supply for whole copier 8 7

(Power supply for all) power

(8) Others

Parts list

Page Item

ATS SNR-ATC Reads toner density with a magnetic 23 33

(Auto-toner sensor) sensor

THMS1 THMS1-HTR Detects temperature of the heat roller 26 19

(Heat-roller thermistor-1)

THMS2 THMS2-HTR Detects the temperature of the heat roller 26 27

(Heat-roller thermistor-2) end

THERMO K-THERMO Prevents abnormal heating of heat roller 26 8

(Thermostat)

FU FU-EXPO (Thermofuse) Prevents abnormal heating of the 18 12

exposure lamp

Symbol Code name Function Remarks

Symbol Code name Function Remarks

Page 20: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 13 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

2.3 Wire Harness Location Diagram[A] Location diagram for upper unit

Page 21: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

[B] Location diagram for lower unit

Page 22: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 15 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

2.4 Removal of Covers and PC Boards2.4.1 Removal of covers

[A] Front cover

(1) Open the front cover.

(2) Remove the pins on the hinges at both ends

(1 each).

Front cover

Upper rear cover

Loosen

Leftfeedcover

Lowerrearcover

Upperfeedcover

Right feed cover

[B] Upper rear cover

(1) Remove the 4 screws.

[C] Lower rear cover

(1) Remove the upper 3 screws.

(2) Loosen the lower 2 screws.

[D] Upper feed cover

(1) Open the front cover and the bypass tray and

then remove the 2 screws.

[E] Feed cover (left and right)

(1) Remove the paper feed cover.

(2) When removing the left feed cover, open the

front cover.

(3) Remove the screws (2 on each side).

Page 23: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

[F] Upper exit cover

(1) Remove the 2 screws.

(2) Open the front cover and remove the screw.

[G] Lower exit cover

(1) Lift the upper unit.

(2) Remove the 5 screws.

[L] Upper inner cover

(1) Remove the process unit.

(2) Remove the 3 screws. Upper inner cover

Upper exit cover

[H] Rear top cover

(1) Remove the original cover.

(2) Remove the 4 screws.

[I] Right top cover (feed side)

(1) Remove the 2 screws.

[J] Left top cover (exit side)

(1) Remove the 2 screws.

[K] Glass fix

(1) Remove the 2 screws.

Glass fix

Right top coverLeft top cover

Lower exit cover

Rear top cover

Page 24: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 17 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

[M] Middle inner cover

(1) Remove the screw.

[N] Door switch cover

(1) Remove the 2 screws.

[O] Lower inner cover

(1) Remove the toner box.

(2) Remove the middle inner cover.

(3) Remove the 1 screw.

Middle inner cover

Lower inner cover

Door switch cover

Page 25: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

2.4.2 Removal of main PC boards

[A] Logic PC board (PWA-LGC)

(1) Remove the lower rear cover.

(2) Remove the 16 connectors (2860).

(15 connectors for 2060).

(3) Remove the lock supports (4 pcs.)

(4) Remove the logic PC board.

Lock support PWA-LGC Lock support

[B] Power supply PC board (PS-ACC)

(1) Remove the connector bracket (2 screws).

(2) Remove the 14 connectors.

(3) Remove the 4 screws.

(4) Remove the power supply PC board.

[C] Lamp regulator PC board (PWA-LRG)

(1) Remove the upper rear cover.

(2) Remove the 2 connectors.

(3) Remove the lamp regulator PC board (4 lock

supports).

ConnectorsLock support

Lock support PWA-LRG

Connector bracket

PS-ACC

Page 26: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 19 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

ADU drawer connector bracket

[D] ADU drawer connector

(1) Remove the logic PC board.

(2) Remove the bracket for the logic PC board (3

screws).

Remove the connector J535 on the PS-ACC.

(3) Remove the bracket for the ADU drawer con-

nector (2 screws).

Bracket for PWA-LGC

Page 27: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 3 - 1 2060, 2860/70 PROCESS

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

_ __

_

__

__+

+

+

+

+++

+

2

1

9

8

7

65

4

3

3. COPYING PROCESS3.1 Copying Process

Halogen lamp

Original exposure

300 W

6 Separation : Separates the transfer sheet,

along with the toner, from the

drum.

7 Fixing : Fixes the toner on the transfer

sheet by applying heat and

pressure.

8 Cleaning : Mechanically removes any re-

maining toner on the drum.

9 Discharge lamp : Discharges any remaining

charge from the drum.

1 Charging : Negatively charges surface of

the photosensitive drum.

2 Exposure : Forms an electrical image on

the drum.

3 Development : toner adheres to surface of

photosensitive drum and forms

a visible image.

4 Transfer bias : Increases transfer efficiency.

5 Transfer : Transfers the visible image from

the drum onto the transfer

(copy) sheet.

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

–635V ±5 V

Charging

1.8W x 9 lamps

Discharge lamp

Cleaning

LED eraser array

63 LEDs

Paper exiting Fixing

Heat roller Separation

1 kHz

AC 3.41 kVTransfer

–DC 5.25 kV

Black development

Sheet-bypass feeding(50 sheets)

LCF feeding(1500 sheets)

Cassette feeding (upper/lower/PFP)(600 sheets)

Transfer bias

–DC 990 V

Opt

ical

sect

ion

Toner

Carrier

Magnetic roller

Bias –100 VDC

900 W (115V)1030W (220/240V)

Page 28: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 PROCESS 3 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

3.2 Comparison with the 2050 of Copying Process Conditions

Process 2050 2060/2860

1. Drum OD-1710 (OPC ø60) OD-2060 (OPC ø60)

(1) Sensitivity Highly sensitized drum (1)

(2) Charger grid voltage DC –800V (2)–635 V DC

Scolotron system Scolotron system

Output adjustable by using the

ten keys

2. Main charger Variable output (fixed current) using

the digital keys

3. Exposure

(1) Light control Automatic exposure/manual (1)Automatic exposure and

slide volume setting manual 9-step setting

(2) Light source 300W halogen lamp stabilized with (2)

regulator (light intensity remains

constant even when voltage varies)

4. Development

(1) Magnetic roller One magnetic roller (with two shaft (1)

mixers)

(2) Auto-toner Magnetic bridge-circuit system (2)

(3) Toner replenishment Toner cartridge system (3)

(4) Toner-empty detection Intensity sensing system (4)

(5) Toner T-1710 (Black) (5)T-2060 (Black)

T-1710-R (Red)

T-1710-BL (Blue)

(6) Developing material D-1710 (Black) (6)D-2060 (Black)

D-1710-R (Red)

D-1710-BL (Blue)

(7) Developer bias –194V DC, volume adjustable (7)–100 V DC, adjustable using the

digital keys

5. Transfer bias –1.4KV DC –990 V DC

6. Transfer Adjustable output (fixed current) using

the digital keys

7. Separation Adjustable output (independently

adjustable using the digital keys)

Page 29: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 3 - 3 2060, 2860/70 PROCESS

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Process 2050 2060/2860

8. Discharge

(1) Discharging position Discharge by exposure after cleaning (1)

(2) Discharge lamp Discharge by tungsten lamp (2)

9. Cleaning

(1) System Blade system (1)

(2) Recovered toner Non-reusable (2)

10. Fixing

(1) System Long-life heat roller system (1)

• Fixing • Fixing roller: Teflon coated roller • Fixing roller:

Aluminum roller coated with

Teflon (ø40)

• Pressure • Pressure roller: PFA tube silicon • Pressure roller:

roller (ø28) Silicon rubber roller with

PFA tube. (ø35)

• Lamp rating Infrared heat Infrared heat

• 900W (100V series) • 900W (115V)

• 1100W (200V series) • 1030W (220/240V)

(2) Cleaning Cleaning with silicon impregnated (2)

roller

(3) Heater-temperature control ON/OFF control by thermistor (3)

11. Control Microcomputer

Page 30: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 1 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

4. COPIER OPERATION4.1 Operation Outline

Copier operation Operation during warm up and standby

Automatic-feed copying using PRINT key

Copying operation Bypass-feed copying

Interrupt copying

4.2 Description of Operation4.2.1 Operation up to standby state after power on

(1) Initial operation

• The main switch is turned ON.

• Copy quantity indicator “0” and “WAIT WARMING UP” are displayed.

• Initialization of the optical system

~ Carriages move to their home position and then stop.

~ Lens and mirror units move to their home position and then stop.

~ Indicators perform the initial operation and move to a position indicating the copy area.

• Initialization of the paper feed section

~ Each slot’s cassette trays move upward. If they were raised already, they are not moved.

(2) Pre-running

65 sec. have elapsed since the power was turned ON ~

Main motor rotates ~ Fuser unit drive section rotates: Pre-running

Pressure roller is warmed

After pre-running for 15 sec., the main motor stops

~ Fuser unit drive section stops

(3) When the heat roller temperature is sufficient for fixing, the heater lamp is turned off, and the copier

enters the standby mode.

4.2.2 Standby (ready)

• Bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at low speed.

• All keys on the control panel are operable.

When there is no key input for a set amount of time, the copy quantity “1” will be shown, the

reproduction ratio will indicate “actual size”, and the exposure will be set at automatic.

Page 31: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

4.2.3 Automatic feed copying using the PRINT key

(1) PRINT key is pressed

• Main, transfer, and separation chargers, transfer bias, discharge lamp and LED eraser array are

turned on.

• Optical fan motor (M6, M12), bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at high

speed.

• Main motor is turned on

~ Drum, developer unit, transport belt, heat roller, and exit roller are running.

(2) Cassette feeding

• Feed clutch (CLT3 or 5) is turned on

~ Pick-up roller, paper feed roller, and separation roller are running.

– Transport roller rotating

• Paper reaches the transport roller

~ Paper stop switch-2 (S14) is turned on. After a set amount of time, the feed clutch (CLT3 or 5) is

turned off.

* Paper reaches the aligning roller. Paper stop switch-1 (S7) is turned on.

~ Aligning operation

After a set amount of time, the feed roller stops rotating (CLT1).

(3) Carriage operation

• Exposure lamp is turned on.

Carriages -1 and -2 scan in a forward direction

~ Scanning motor (M15) is turned on. At this time, if the toner density of the developer material is

lower than the set value, the copier enters the toner supply operation.

~ Toner motor (M9) is turned ON.

(4) A set time lag after the carriage operation;

aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned on:

~ paper is sent to the transfer unit.

The counter is increased by 1.

(5) Termination of carriage scanning.

• Scanning motor (M2) is turned off.

• Main charger and exposure lamp are turned off.

• Aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned off. (Timing of shutting off depends on paper size.)

(6) Exit operation

• Exit switch (S9) detects the passing of the paper trailing edge.

• Main motor (M1), transfer and separation chargers, transfer bias, discharge lamp, and LED

eraser array are turned off.

• Optical fan motor (M6, M12) stop, and bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running

at low speed.

• Carriages and indicators move to the position indicating copy area.

• The copier enters the standby mode.

Page 32: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 ©

TOS

HIB

A4 - 3

2060, 2860/70 OP

ER

ATIO

N

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

CCW

Transfer

Guide bias

Separation

Timing chart for two A4 actual-size cassette feeding

SCN

MAIN-MOT

EXIT-SW

EXPO

HVT-M

OFFOFF

ONON

ON

ON ON

ON

ON

ON ON

FWD

ON

OFF

LOWLOW

High

High

High

0.1 1.37

0.71

0.44 2.13 3.37

3.64 4.96

5.06

5.753.932.82

1.02 2.12 3.95 5.05

5.34

7.10 8.50 8.53

4.913.772.411.990.840.2

0.1

0.72

6.85

2.03

1.472.46

2.10

2.35 4.10

4.10

5.29

5.034.30

5.404.40

5.224.142.291.20

OFF 0.1

RGT

BWDFWD

CW

BWDBWD

Page 33: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

4.2.4 Bypass-feed copying

(1) A sheet of paper is inserted through the bypass guide

• Manual feed switch (S6) is turned on.

(2) PRINT key is pressed

• The main transfer and separation chargers, transfer bias, discharge lamp, and LED eraser array

are turned on.

• Optical fan motor (M6, M12), bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at high

speed.

• Main motor (M1) is turned on

~ Drum, developer unit, transport belt, heat roller, and exit roller are running.

(3) Sheet-bypass feeding

• Manual feed clutch (CLT4) is turned on

~ Manual feed roller is lowered.

~ Manual feed roller, paper feed roller, and separation roller are running.

– Aligning operation –

• Paper reaches aligning roller

~ Paper stop switch1 (S7) is turned on.

After a set time lag, the manual feed clutch (CLT4) is turned off and paper feeding is terminated.

(4) Same as operation (3) through (6) of “4.2.3 Automatic Feed Copying Using the PRINT key”.

4.2.5 Interrupt copying

(1) The INTERRUPT key is pressed.

• Interruption LED is turned on.

The copying operation is temporarily halted and carriages-1 and -2 return to their home position.

The copying mode is set to automatic exposure and 1-to-1 reproduction ratio. Register remains

unchanged.

(2) The preferred copying modes are specified.

(3) After interrupt copying is terminated when the INTERRUPT key is pressed again, the interrupt LED

goes off and the copier returns to the conditions before the interruption.

(4) PRINT key is pressed

The copying operation before the interruption is resumed.

Page 34: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 5 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

4.3 Fault DetectionIf a fault occurs in the copier, a symbol corresponding to the type of fault will be displayed in order to draw

the attention of the operator.

• Classification of faults

A) Faults which can be cleared without turning off the door switch (yellow flashing display on the

display panel).

(1) ADD PAPER

(2) BYPASS MISFEED

(3) INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER

(4) CASSETTE MISFEED

B) Faults which cannot be cleared without turning off the door switch (red flashing display on the

display panel).

(1) CLEAR PAPER

(2) ADD TONER (yellow flashing display)

(3) REPLACE TONER BAG

C) Faults which cannot be cleared unless the main switch (S1) is turned off.

(1) SERVICE CALL

A-1) ADD PAPER ( )

[In the case of the copier and PFP cassettes]

• When the cassette is not installed, the size switch (S5 or S15) detects the absence of the

cassette.

When the cassette is not installed.

When the cassette is installed but

there is no paper in the cassette.

G 64

74

8

ff

~Size switches are all switched off.

Paper empty status.

Signal sent to control circuit.

The ADD PAPER display will flash.

* The PRINT key will not function.

Page 35: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

ff

The “ADD PAPER” is displayed regard-

less of paper being present or not.→

f

ff

ff

f

[In the case of the LCF and the pedestal]

By combining the operation of the tray motor and the condition of the tray-up switch and the empty

switch, the CPU detects whether or not there is paper.

• When the power is turned on or when the LCF door is opened/closed (for the pedestal:

when the power is turned on or when the cassette is removed) ~

The PFC (Paper Feed Controller) causes the LCF to initialize.

Detects whether or not there is paper

• Tray motor comes on ~ The tray rises.

At this time, both tray-up and LCF empty switches are off.

• A fixed time later, if the tray-up switch is not turned on:

The tray is

not normal

Removing/reinstalling the LCF or turning off/on clears this condition. (For the pedestal, turn

off/on the power.)

• Within a fixed time, the tray-up switch turns on:

~ The tray motor stops.

At this time, if the empty switch is on ~ It is determined there is paper.

At this time, if the empty switch is off ~ It is determined there is no paper.

The “ADD PAPER” is displayed.

• During copying, sheets of paper are fed and when the paper supply becomes low →

The tray-up switch goes off → The PFC turns on the tray motor ~ The tray moves up.

The tray-up switch come on → The tray motor stops.

• During copying, when the empty switch goes off despite the tray-up switch being on

It is determined there is no paper.

“ADD PAPER” is displayed.

Copying stops.

Page 36: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 7 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

ff

ff

A-2) BYPASS MISFEED ( )

• During sheet bypass copying

The manual feed clutch (CLT4) has been turned on

The paper-stop switch-1 (S7) comes on

* If the paper-stop switch-1 (S7) does not come on within the specified time:

BYPASS MISFEED

The BYPASS MISFEED symbol is displayed

Copying cannot be started

Clearing method: Remove the paper from the sheet-bypass guide. The manual-feed switch

(S6) goes off.

A-3) INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER ( )

• If the copy counter (optional) is installed in the copier and is then withdrawn:

The INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER display appears

Copying is not possible

• If the counter is withdrawn during copying, the machine will stop after the paper being copied

has exited.

B-1) CLEAR PAPER ( )

• Leading-edge jam detection by the exit switch (S9): (E01)

The aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned on

1.875 sec.*

The exit switch (S9) comes on

* When the exit switch (S9) has not come

on after 1.875 seconds have elapsed.

The CLEAR PAPER symbol (E01) ap-

pears and copying will stop.

f

1.875 sec0Timer

On

On

Aligning motor

Exit switch

CLEAR PAPER (E01)

ff

ff

14

44

3

Page 37: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

CLEAR PAPER (E02)

Exit switch

Aligning motor

Timer

On

Off

0 1.92 sec

• Trailing-edge detection by exit switch (S9): (E02)

Aligning clutch (CLT2) goes off.

↓ 1.92 sec*

The exit switch (S9) goes off (detects pa-

per exit)

* When the exit switch (S9) does not go

off even after 1.92 seconds:

The CLEAR PAPER symbol appears (E02),

and copying stops.

• Immediately after power on

Exit switch (S9) is detecting paper (on)

CLEAR PAPER (E03)

• If the front cover is opened during copying

CLEAR PAPER (E04)

• Leading edge jam detection by the paper stop switch in front of the aligning roller:

After the leading edge of the paper passes the transport rollers, if the paper stop switch-1 (S7)

is not turned on within a fixed time

Paper misfeeding (E05)

• During paper feeding from the ADU:

After the feed clutch is turned on, if the paper stop switch (S16) does not come on within a

fixed time.

Paper misfeeding (E11)

• During paper stacking in the ADU:

If the ADU jam switch (SA4) does not detect any paper at the fixed timing

Paper misfeeding (E08)

Page 38: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 9 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

• During paper feeding from the copier and the pedestal:

After the feed clutch is turned on, if paper stop switches (S7/S16) do not come on within a fixed

time

Paper misfeeding (E13 – E19)

E13 – E19: The error code is different according to the cassette used.

B-2) ADD TONER ( )

Toner density has become low

Toner empty detection: Auto-toner sensor

Control circuit: f the ADD TONER symbol appears: copying is not possible

Clearing method: Replace the toner cartridge and close the front cover.

Toner supply operation: copying is possible

B-3) REPLACE TONER BAG ( )

The toner bag becomes full of toner

The toner-recovery auger moves towards the rear of the copier: toner-full switch (S13) will be

turned on.

REPLACE TONER BAG display

• When the toner-full switch (S13) comes on during copying

Copying will stop after the last sheet has exited during copying

Clearing method: Replace with a new toner bag.

C-1) Service call

If the CLEAR/STOP key and the “8” key are pressed simultaneously when the SERVICE CALL symbol

symbol is flashing, one of the error codes will appear on the message display.

For the contents of the error codes, refer to the “SERVICE HANDBOOK”.

Page 39: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

4.4 Flow Charts4.4.1 Power on to ready

DC power on

Main switch on

Restart

Cover open?

Heater lamp HTR ON

• SCN-MOT• LNS-MOT• MRR-MOT• DCM-MOT• STOP-MOT• GUIDE-MOT

ADU-JAM-SWON?

P-STP-SWON?

"E03"

14

44

44

24

44

44

3

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

YES

NO

Start initialization

APaper jam

EXIT-SW ON?

Page 40: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 11 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

A

T-FUL-SWON?

Toner empty?

Toner replen-ishment

Main motor6 sec. ON

Initializationover?

Have 20 sec.

passed since start

of initialization?

“C21”or “C22” or “C23”

Service call

• Lens and mirrors posi-tioned for specifiedreproduction ratio

• Carriage and indicatorindicate copy area

Is heat roller

pre-running sufficient

for fixing?

Main motor ONPre-running operationstarts

Have 15 sec.passed

Main motor OFFPre-running stops

READY

Service call

“C41”

Is thethermistor

open?

T-FULL SWON

Toner bagreplacement

(Toner-full removaloperation)

Page 41: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

NO

YES

YES

NO

OK

NG

NO

NO

YES

YES

4.4.2 Automatic feed copying

Process control end

Is number of remaining copies

zero?

All LEDs of the LED eraser array off

All LEDs of the LED eraser array on

LED eraser array off

Main charger off

Main charger on

All LEDs of the LED eraser array on

Exit switchcheck 1

Isnumber of

remaining copieszero?

Scraper solenoid offAligning motor off

Counter off

Aligning motor onCounter onScraper solenoid on

Feed motor off

Feed motor on

Transfer charger onSeparation charger onDischarge lamp on

Optical sectioncontrol end

Carriage retreats to homeposition

Exposure lamp off

Carriages stops

Carriage advances

Exposure lamp on

"C01"

Service call

Carriage moves tohome position

Optical section control

Is numberof remaining copies

zero?

Copying area indicated

Paper jamB

PLL checkfor main motor

OK?

Transport controlProcess control

PRINT key

"E01"

Page 42: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 13 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

OK

NG

B

Exit switchcheck 2

Paper jam

“E02”

Transfer changer OFFSeparation charger OFFDischarge lamp OFF

Drum rotation reversed

Standby

Page 43: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 1 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY

5. DISPLAY UNIT

The display unit consists of key switches for copier operation/selection of each mode, LEDs and an LCD

displaying the copier state or messages.

Particularly, when the operator’s attention is recommended, a graphic symbol lights or flashes and the

message indicating that condition is displayed.

5.1 Detailed Drawing of the Control Panel and the Display Panel

Details of the display panel

For the U.S.A. and Canada

For Europe

Arrangement of the control panel

For the U.S.A. and Canada For Europe

CASSETTE

200%

100%

50%

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

0 C /

LD

LG

LT

ST

OTHER

PREV. HELP YES NO

FC

AMS APS

ORIGINAL

USER SET

JOB MEMORY

SET RECALL

EDGE ERASE DUAL PAGE

LEFT RIGHT BOOK

IMAGE SHIFT

COPY SIZE

STAPLE 2 in 1

SADF

ADF

SORT

GROUP

SORTER DUPLEXADF

CASSETTE

IMAGE MODE

LIGHT AUTO DARK

CLEAR/STOP

FUNCTION CLEAR

ZOOM

PRINT

ENERGY SAVE INTERRUPT

M1

M2

100%LT

READY

200%

100%

50%

1 2 3

4 5 6

7 8 9

0 C /

A4

A3

B4

B5

UNIV

PREV. INFO YES NO

FC

AMS APS

ORIGINAL

USER SET

MODE MEMORY

SET RECALL

EDGE ERASE DUAL PAGE

LEFT RIGHT BOOK

IMAGE SHIFT

COPY

100%A4

M1

M2

READY

Page 44: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

5.2 Items Shown on the Display Panel5.2.1 Display during normal copying

No. Message Conditions of machine Notes1 WAIT WARMING UP Being warmed up • The number and reproduction ratio

• Indicated after the main switch of the copies are indicated, foris switched on up until the example, as “0”, “100%” when themachine becomes capable of main switch comes on.copying.

2 READY Capable of copying. • Copy quantity indicator indicates as• Indicated when the machine is “1”. When a digital key is pressed,

capable of copying and the the set number is indicated.operator’s instructions for • The set number is cleared to “1” bycopying conditions are awaited. pressing the CLEAR/STOP key.

• Returns to the initial condition • Manual copying is possible.if no key input is given for 45seconds.

3 COPYING Now copying. • After completion of copying, the copy• Indicated by pressing the quantity indicator returns to the

PRINT key. initially set number.• Copy quantity indicator becomes

“1” and copying is completed.4 SAVING ENERGY Energy saving conditions. • Released by pressing the ENERGY

SAVER key or the PRINT key.PRESS PRINT

5 PLACE NEXT ADU 1-sided copying standby • When using ADU 1-sided, and whenORIGINAL state. C below. not using ADF.

In case of lateral paper feeding, the symbol A lights up and for longitudinal feeding, the symbol B lights

up on the display panel.

C

BA

Page 45: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 3 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY

5.2.2 Display in the event of faulty conditions

No. Message Abnormal state & indication Solution6 ADD PAPER Indication of lack of paper. • Supply paper to the selected

• Indicates when there is no paper cassette.in the cassette. (A below.) • Select another cassette.

• Indicates which cassette has nopaper. (E below.)

• Manual copying is possible.7 ADD TONER: Indication of lack of toner. • Released after the toner is supplied

•B below is indicated when and the front cover is closed.PRESS INFO the toner in the toner cartridge

runs out.• When this message is displayed,

it is not possible to copy.8 INSERT Key copy counter withdrawn. • Released and returned to normal

• Indicated when the key copy conditions by inserting the keyKEY COPY COUNTER counter is withdrawn when the copy counter.

machine is READY or duringcopying. C below.

• When it is removed afterpressing the PRINT key, themachine stops after that copy iscompleted, but the countercounts it.

9 DISPOSE OF Indication of need to replace the Open the front cover and replacetoner bag. the toner bag.

USED TONER • Indicated when the toner bag isfull. D below.The copier stops.

A E

D B C

Page 46: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

No. Message Abnormal state & indication Solution10 PAPER MISFEED Bypass paper jamming The machine is returned to normal

• Indicates when paper jams at conditions automatically by pullingIN BYPASS the bypass guide. A below. the paper out from the bypass guide.

11 MISFEED IN COPIER Paper jammed in the machine. • Press the HELP (INFO) key and• Indicated when paper jams in remove the paper jammed in the

PRESS INFO the machine. B, C, D and H copier following the message.below.

12 MISFEED Original jammed Open the ADF feed cover and• Indicated when an original is remove the jammed original.

IN DOC. FEEDER jammed in the optionaldocument feeder. E and Fbelow.

13 MISFEED IN SORTER: Paper jammed in the sorter. Remove the paper jammed in the• Indicates when paper is jammed sorter and open and close the front

in the sorter. G below. cover once.PRESS INFO

14 MISFEED IN ADU: Indicates when paper is jammed Press the HELP (INFO) key andin the ADU section. I below. remove the paper jammed in the

PRESS INFO copier following the message.

C

A

D

I

G

B

E

H

F

Page 47: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 5 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY

No. Message Abnormal state & indication Solution15 CALL FOR SERVICE: Some or one of the mechanism, Turn off the machine, remove the

motors, switches or sensors are cause of the fault and turn thePRESS INFO abnormal. A below. machine back on.

16 TIME FOR PERIODIC Indication of PM cycle. Maintenance and inspection by a• Indicated when it is time for qualified service technician.

MAINTENANCE periodic maintenance andinspection.

• Capable of copying.

A

Page 48: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

5.3 Relationship between Copier Conditions and Operator’s Actions

War

min

g up

–_

__

__

__

__

__

__

Rea

dy_

__

__

__

__

__

__

_

Rep

rodu

ctio

n-ra

tio–

__

__

__

__

__

__

_ch

angi

ng

Cop

ying

–_

––

_–

–_

_–

––

–_

Add

pap

er–

__

__

__

__

__

__

_

Add

tone

r–

__

__

__

__

__

__

_

Key

cop

y co

unte

r no

t–

__

__

__

__

__

__

_in

sert

ed (

optio

nal)

Byp

ass

mis

feed

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

Rep

lace

tone

r ba

g–

–_

__

__

__

__

__

_

Cle

ar p

aper

––

––

––

––

––

––

––

Ser

vice

cal

l–

––

––

––

––

––

––

Inte

rrup

t mod

e_

––

__

__

__

–_

–_

_

Ene

rgy-

savi

ng m

ode

_–

––

––

––

–_

––

––

RE

PR

O-

DU

CT

ION

RAT

IOse

lect

ion

key

Dig

ital

keys

PR

INT

key

Con

ditio

n

Ope

ratio

nD

UA

L-P

AG

EC

OP

Yke

y

_: M

achi

ne o

pera

tes

or in

dica

tes

in a

ccor

danc

e w

ith th

e op

erat

or’s

act

ion.

– : O

pera

tion

is ig

nore

d.

(1)

By

pres

sing

the

EN

ER

GY

SA

VE

R k

ey o

r th

e P

RIN

T k

ey, t

he e

nerg

y-sa

ving

mod

e w

ill b

e ca

ncel

led.

(2)

Dur

ing

copy

ing,

avo

id c

hang

ing

expo

sure

as

far

as p

ossi

ble.

(3)

The

func

tion

of th

e C

LEA

R/S

TOP

key

cha

nges

in th

e fo

llow

ing

man

ner

acco

rdin

g to

the

mac

hine

sta

tus.

Dur

ing

copy

ing

......

...In

terr

uptio

n of

the

copy

ing

(Sto

p fu

nctio

n...

..T

he c

opy

quan

tity

indi

cato

r w

ill n

ot c

hang

e.)

Whe

n no

t cop

ying

....W

hen

pres

sed

once

, the

cop

y qu

antit

y in

dica

tor

retu

rns

to “

1”.

(4)

Dur

ing

copy

ing,

avo

id s

heet

byp

ass

feed

ing

beca

use

of p

ossi

ble

pape

r ja

mm

ing.

Not

e:T

he in

terr

upt m

ode

will

be

auto

mat

ical

ly c

ance

lled

whe

n th

e m

achi

ne is

not

use

d fo

r 45

sec

onds

.

CLE

AR

/S

TO

Pke

y

CO

PY

SIZ

Eke

y

CASS

ETTE

SELE

CTIO

Nke

y

INT

ER

-R

UP

Tke

y

EN

ER

GY

SA

VE

Rke

y

ED

GE

ER

AS

Eke

y

IMA

GE

SH

IFT

key

EXPO

SURE

key

She

etby

pass

OR

IGIN

AL

SIZ

Eke

y

Page 49: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 7 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY

5.4 Description of Operation5.4.1 Dot matrix LCD display circuit

(1) Structure

• Dot matrix LCD display circuit has a display ca-

pacity of 40 characters (20 characters x 2 lines).

• 1 character is a unit consisting of ON/OFF lights

made of 35-element (5 x 7) dots.

(2) Drive Operation

• LED control: The LCD’s internal control driver drives.

• What character is displayed in what position: IC19 (main CPU), IC9 (HC244), IC37 (7407), and

IC18 (gate array) of the logic circuit control.

• Message data and executable programs are stored in the main PROM.

• The character codes are stored in the PROM on the LCD.

The main CPU divides the display block into 4 blocks. The main CPU outputs the RAM address data

for the starting position at which each block is displayed and then outputs display data for the number

of characters (10 characters) to be displayed to the LCD. When the message is changed, the main

CPU outputs the display data for the blocks 1~4.

1 2

3 4 (4a)

Display blocks

When changing the display data only for the repro-

duction ratio, the leading RAM address data in the

display position of the reproduction-ratio block (4a)

are first output and then the display data for the

number of reproduction-ratio characters (4 char-

acters) are output to the LCD.

Page 50: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

Main CPU

Gate array

AD15

AD0

A7

A0

OE

244~ ~ ~ ~ ~

B7

B0

DB7

DB0

E

RS

LCD-E

LCD-RS

IO10

IO17

O17

O14O15

5.4.2 LED display circuit

(1) LED display method

For example, the following shows how the LED LP12 (APS) lights up for displaying “automatic paper

sensing”.

When DSPON0 signal becomes “L” level, transistor Q2 is turned ON. Further, when IC4 pin14 (D10)

becomes “L” level, current flows from +5VD to LP12 (APS) through the transistor. In this way LP12

(APS) lights up.

+5VD

R9

R11

Q2R

(APS)

LP12

R7

DSPON0“L”

“L” 14

D10

IC4

Page 51: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 9 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY

(2) The actual circuit is controlled as follows.

Condition of LED lighting

1 The transistor (Q1 or Q2) connected on the anode side of the LED is ON status.

2 Output connected on the cathode side of the LED is “L” level.

When the above conditions 1 and 2 are fulfilled, the LED lights.

Refer to the following names of the LED which are ON/OFF controlled by DSPON0/DSPON1 signals.

• The signals of DSPON0 and DSPON1 be-

come “L” level by one turn every 8 msec.

• Q1 (or Q2) is turned ON when DSPON0 (or

DSPON1) is “L” level.

• LED ON/OFF signal from LGC is inputted

to the SIN (pin 26) terminal of IC4 through

DSPDAT signal line. (Serial data)

• The LED ON/OFF signal is inputted to IC2

in serial is outputted to output terminals of

D1 – D16 in parallel.

8 msec 8 msec

Q2OFF

Q2ON

ON

ON ON

DSPON0

DSPON1

DSPDAT

D7

LP14

LP18

Q1ON

Q1OFF

(example)

(example)

(14.2.1 Display Circuit (PWA-DSP) 1/4)

IC4

L/R

BE0

VSSL

LAST

SIN

CKSTB

LATCH

VDD

VSSD0VSSD1VSSD2VSSD3

SOUT

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16

7932M

4

2

1

27

26

293

28

30

8131823

5

25242221201917161514121110976

LP18LTL16KG 12

LP17LTL16KG 12

LP13LTL16KG 12

LTL16KG LP122 1

LP11LTL16KG 12

LTL16KG LP102 1

LP9LTL16KG 12

LTL16KG LP82 1

LP7LTL16KG 12

LTL16KGLP14

2 1

LP15LTL16KG 12

LP16LTL16KG 12

LP6LTL16KG 12

LP5LTL16KG 12

LP4LTL16KG 12

LP3LTL16KG 12

LP2LTL16KG 12

LP1LTL16KG 12

4C8

4C8

4C84C8

4C8

4B8

USER/AJ

DP

EDGE

5VD

SGD

DSPLTH1

DSPCLK

DSON0

DSON1

GND

R121002 1

R71002 1

4B3

1000R19 21

1000R20 1 2

1000R17 1 2

1000R18 21

4B3 4C8

R2100

12

R3100

12

R41002 1

R5100

12

R61002 1

R131002 1

4B3

4B3

4B3

4B3

150R11 21

R9 22001 2

2200R8 21

R10 1501 2

4C8

1000R16

1 2

2SA1428YQ1

3

2

1

Q22SA1428Y

3

2

1

4C8

1000R151 2

VDD

IC3

HC1421

DSPCLK1

IC3

HC1443

DSPRST

O/3

O/2

O/1

O/0

O/USER

AMS

MSB

MSR

MSL

P/3

P/2

P/1

P/0

P/USER

APS

R14100

12

4C8DSPOUT1

EXPO6-1

PHOTOA-EXPO5

EXPO8-3EXPO7-2

EXPO9-4

CKME0.1/25

C4 1

2

C7

CKM33P/50J

12

CKM33P/50J

C6

21

DSPDATDSPLTH

DSPON0 4B8

DSPON1 4B8

Page 52: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

Transmission LP SIGNAL DSP-ON-0 LP SIGNAL DSP-ON-1 LC7932order

1 5 DF/SINGL ADF single feeding 6 DF/MULT1 ADF multiple feeding IC1-62 38 CST1 Cassette selection (LCF) 35 PEMP1 Paper empty (LCF) IC1-73 22 CST2 Cassette selection (Copier-U) 17 PEMP2 Paper empty (Copier-U) IC1-94 23 CST3 Cassette selection (Copier-L) 18 PEMP3 Paper empty (Copier-L) IC1-105 24 CST4 Cassette selection (PFP-U) 19 PEMP4 Paper empty (PFP-U) IC1-116 25 CST5 Cassette selection (PFP-M) 20 PEMP5 Paper empty (PFP-M) IC1-127 26 CST6 Cassette selection (PFP-L) 21 PEMP6 Paper empty (PFP-L) IC1-148 27 O/YOKO Horizontal original 28 O/TATE Vertical original IC1-159 12 DFJ ADFJAM (Feeding) 29 DEJ ADFJAM (Exiting) IC1-1610 15 SRVC Call service 11 SJ Sorter JAM IC1-1711 30 TEMP Toner empty 13 EJ Paper existing JAM IC1-1912 16 TFULL Toner full 31 RJ Paper feeding JAM (Before aligning) IC1-2013 33 KCTR Key copy counter withdrawn 36 TJ Paper feeding JAM (After aligning) IC1-2114 32 ADUSTUCK ADU stacking 14 ADUJ ADUJAM IC1-2215 37 PJ PFPJAM IC1-2416 34 MJ Bypass JAM IC1-2517 53 MAG2/G Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/G Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-618 53 MAG2/B Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/B Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-719 53 MAG2/A Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/A Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-920 53 MAG2/F Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/F Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-1021 53 MAG2/E Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/E Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-1122 53 MAG2/D Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/D Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-1223 53 MAG2/C Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/C Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-1424 53 MAG3/G Copy quantity display (units) 52 AC All clear IC2-1525 53 MAG3/B Copy quantity display (units) 50 PS Energy saving IC2-1626 53 MAG3/A Copy quantity display (units) 51 INT Interruption IC2-1727 53 MAG3/F Copy quantity display (units) 4 2IN1 2IN1 IC2-1928 53 MAG3/E Copy quantity display (units) 1 STAPLE Staple mode IC2-2029 53 MAG3/D Copy quantity display (units) 2 SORT Sort mode IC2-2130 53 MAG3/C Copy quantity display (units) 3 GROUP Group mode IC2-2231 7 ADU1 Duplexing (1 → 2) 8 ADU2 Duplexing (2 → 2) IC2-2432 9 ADU3 Duplexing (2 → 1) 10 ADU4 Duplexing (Book → 2) IC2-25

33 IC4-634 *7 P/3 Paper size *1 O/3 Original size IC4-735 *8 P/2 Paper size *2 O/2 Original size IC4-936 *9 P/1 Paper size *3 O/1 Original size IC4-1037 *10 P/0 Paper size *4 O/0 Original size IC4-1138 *11 P/USER Paper size (User adjustment) *5 O/USER Original size (User adjustment) IC4-1239 *12 APS APS *6 AMS AMS IC4-1440 *13 USER/AJ User adjustment *16 MSB Margin shift (Book) IC4-1541 *17 EDGE Edge erasing *15 MSR Right margin shift IC4-1642 *18 DP Dual-page copying *14 MSL Left margin shift IC4-1743 39 PHOTO Photo mode IC4-1944 40 AUTO Automatic exposure 45 EXPO5 Exposure display 5 IC4-2045 49 EXPO9 Exposure display 9 (D MAX.) 44 EXPO4 Exposure display 4 IC4-2146 48 EXPO8 Exposure display 8 43 EXPO3 Exposure display 3 IC4-2247 47 EXPO7 Exposure display 7 42 EXPO2 Exposure display 2 IC4-2448 46 EXPO6 Exposure display 6 41 EXPO1 Exposure display 1 (L MAX.) IC4-25

Mark *: LEDs on PWA-DSPNo mark: LEDs on PWA-KEY

Page 53: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 6 - 1 2060, 2860/70 DRIVE

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

6. DRIVE SYSTEM6.1 Construction of Drive SystemThe drive system consists of a drum (cleaner unit), developer unit, transport belt, heat roller, exit roller,

transport roller, cassette feed roller and aligning roller.

The drive system is driven by the main motor.

6.2 Description of Operations• Drum drive ......................... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the drum drive pulley via the timing

(Cleaner unit) belt, and drives the drum gear.

• Developer unit drive ........... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the developer unit drive gear via

the timing belt and the gear.

• Heat roller drive .................. Main motor rotation is transmitted to the heat roller gear via timing belt

and gears, and drives the heat roller.

• Transport belt ..................... Transport belt gear is driven by the heat roller gear via the idle gear.

• Exit roller ............................ Exit roller gear is driven by the heat roller gear via the idle gear.

• Aligning roller ..................... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the aligning roller clutch via the

timing belt and gears.

• Transport roller ................... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the transport roller clutch via timing

belts and gears.

• Cassette feed roller ............ Main motor rotation is transmitted to the cassette feed roller via timing

belts and gears.

(G28)

(G28)

Transport roller

(G28) Lower cassette feed roller

(Clutch/G28)

(Clutch/G28)(TP15)

Aligning roller drive gear(G32/G19)

Aligning roller (Clutch/G28)(TP20))

DrumBelt

(G20)(G24/G18)

Exit roller

(G25)

Timing pulleyMain motor(G56/TP24)(G20)

Timing pulley/Drumdrive gear(TP40)

Belt (258 pitch)

(G28)

(G28)

(TP30/G28)

(One-way clutch/TP15)

(One-way clutch/TP20)

(324 pitch)

Belt

(TP24/TP30/G28)

(G26)

Belt(324pitch)

Bypass feed roller(Clutch/G28)

Gear/Developerunit drive gear(G26)/(G23)

(TP24)(G24)

Arm fulcrum

gear (G26)

Belt (248 pitch) (G10)

(246 pitch)Belt

Arm fulcrum gear

(G56)Heat roller

(G20)

(G22)

(G21)

(G30)(G35)

(G27/G19)

(G20)

Transport belt

Timing pulley(G57/TP24/TP19)

(324 pitch)(G72)

Upper cassette feed roller(Clutch/G28)

Belt (324 pitch)

Lower transport roller

(G22)

ADU transport roller(G20)

Drive system (Rear side view)

Timing pulley of theclamshell fulcrum

Page 54: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRIVE 6 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

6.3 Disassembly and Replacement[A] Clamshell fulcrum bracket and pulley

(1) Remove the upper rear cover and the upper

feed cover.

(2) Remove the clamshell fulcrum bracket (3

screws).

(3) Remove the 2 belts from the pulley.

(4) Remove the clamshell fulcrum pulley.

[C] Main drive unit

(1) Remove the drum tension bracket (1 screw).

(2) Remove the shaft bracket (1 screw).

(3) Remove the main drive unit (connector and 5

screws).

[B] Main motor

(1) Remove the main motor (2 connectors and 2

screws).

Clamshell fulcrum bracket

Belt

Main motor

Clamshell fulcrum pulley

Connectors

Shaft bracket

Main drive unit

Drum tension bracketConnector

Page 55: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 6 - 3 2060, 2860/70 DRIVE

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

[D] Main drive unit gears

(1) The developer-unit drive gear and the drum

drive gear are press-fitted to their shafts.

[E] Feed drive unit

(1) Remove the LCF connector bracket (2

screws).

(2) Remove the clamshell fulcrum bracket and the

feed roller bracket (3 screws) and then remove

the pulley and belt.Pulley

Belt

Dev-unit drive gearDrum drive gear

Fuser drive gear

LCF connector bracket

Page 56: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRIVE 6 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(3) Remove the lower feed roller clutch (1 set-

screw).

(4) Remove the pulley and belt for the upper feed

roller (1 stop-ring).

(5) Remove the feed drive unit (3 screws).

• This is easy to remove if the feed drive unit

is slanted.

Feed drive unit

Pulley

Belt

Set-screw

Clutch

Stop-ring

Page 57: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 6 - 5 2060, 2860/70 DRIVE

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

6.4 Main Motor6.4.1 Main motor drive

Difference

Speedcomparator

Rotationcontrol

Difference

Voltagedetectioncircuit

Excitationphaseswitchingsection

Rotorpositiondetection

Phasecomparator

Hall element A

FG pulse

Phase W

Phase V

Phase U

Main motor (M1)

67

8Controlsignal

(1) The LGC transmits control signals for main motor rotation. (MAIN-CW/CCW: Direction of rotation,

MAINMOT-ON: Motor rotation command)

(2) The excited phase switching unit excites each phase on the main motor → Main motor runs.

(3) Hall elements A to C are used to detect the rotation position of the motor (or rotor).

(4) The excited phase switching unit switches the excitation for each phase.

(By repeating (2) through (4) above, the motor keeps running.)

(5) The FG pulse is generated by the FG pulse pattern and N/S magnets of rotor installed on the main

motor.

(6) The phases and velocities of the FG pulse and the reference frequency from the LGC are com-

pared, and the differences are added. Further to this are added the fluctuations in the supply volt-

age. (Signal generation)

(7) Changes the switching timing for the excited phase switching unit to match the signal amount ob-

tained in step (6).

i.e. control is done to equalize the FG pulse and reference frequency. → The main motor runs at a

constant speed. (Locked range state.)

(8) When the main motor enters the locked range state, the excited phase switching unit transmits the

PLL-OK signal to the LGC. (“L” level).

(9) When the MOT-BRK from LGC enters “L” level, the main motor rotation is braked, and when the

MAINMOT-ON signal enters “H” level, the main motor stops.

Hall element C

Waveshaping

Photo-interruptor

Hallelement B

Reference frequency

+(F-MOT-REF)

PLL-OK

MAIN-CW/CCW

MOT-BRK

MAINMOT-ON

Lockprotectioncircuit

Page 58: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRIVE 6 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

6.4.2 Control signals

(1) MAIN-CW/CCW signal (LGC → MOT: Input)

Switches the rotation direction of the main motor. When this signal becomes “L” level, the main

motor rotates counterclockwise as viewed from the rear side, and drives the developer unit, drum,

heat roller, etc.

(2) PLL-OK signal (MOT → LGC: Output)

When the cycle of FG pulse deviation from the reference frequency is within fixed range, this state

is specified as lock range (normal rotation), and this PLL-OK signal becomes “L” level. Also, at this

time, the LED “LP1” light comes on.

(3) F-MOT-REF signal (LGC → MOT: Input)

This signal is a reference clock signal for the main motor to rotate at a fixed speed.

(4) MOT-BRK signal (LGC → MOT: Input)

When it becomes “L” level, the main motor rotation is broken down.

(5) MAINMOT-ON signal (LGC → MOT: Input)

This signal is main motor ON/OFF control signal, when it becomes “L” level, the motor rotates.

Signal level of motor circuit.

Signal “H” level “L” level

MAIN-CW/CCW CW CCW direction

PLL-OK Speed is out of the locked range. Locked range state.

F-MOT-REF Reference clock

MOT-BRK Brake OFF Brake ON

MAINMOT-ON Motor OFF Motor ON

* The signal names indicate a level in the connector J543, respectively.

Page 59: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 1 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7. OPTICAL SYSTEM7.1 FunctionsIn this copier, the surface of the original is directly exposed to light, and the reflected light is conducted to

the surface of the drum via the mirror, lens, and slit.

The whole original image is reflected on the drum surface through the light source being scanned from

the leading edge to the trailing edge.

This area where functions as above are performed is called the optical section, located at the upper side

of the copier.

Lens unit

Carriage 2

Drum

Mirror 6

Original glass Lens motor Mirror motor

Optical fan

Carriage 1Original widthindicator

Optical system (front view)

Mirror unit

Slit glassScanning motor

Page 60: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.2 ConstructionThe construction and purpose of the optical section are the followings:

(1) Original glass

The original is placed on this glass. Light from the exposure lamp exposes the surface of the origi-

nal through this original glass.

(2) Carriage 1

Carriage 1 consists of the exposure lamp, reflector, mirror 1, thermofuse, and light distribution

adjustment plates, etc. Carriage 1 is scanned by the scanning motor. The relation between the

scanning speed and the drum rotation speed is specified as follows. In actual-size copying, both

speeds are the same. The reproduction ratio of the direction of paper transport (lengthwise repro-

duction ratio) is specified by this scanning speed being changed. In enlargement copying, the scan-

ning speed is slower than the drum rotation speed, and in reduction copying it is faster.

Mirror 1

Reflector

Light distribution plates

Thermofuse

Exposure lamp

a. Exposure lamp

The light source for exposing the original to light.

b. Reflector

The reflection plate for using the exposure lamp effectively.

The sub-reflector is slit for optical path width cutting.

Mirror 1

Sub-reflector

Original

Exposure lamp

Reflector

Glass

Page 61: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 3 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

c. Mirror 1

The mirror for conducting the reflected light from the original to mirror 2 (mentioned later).

d. Thermofuse

Prevents the exposure lamp from an increase in temperature due to excessive lighting.

e. Light distribution adjustment plates

It is positioned to shield the light irradiated from the reflector on the surface of original, and adjusts the

light intensity.

If the positions for the installation of this adjustment plate at the front or rear side are shifted, and the

light intensity is different at both sides, this may cause uneven light distribution.

(3) Carriage 2

Consists of mirror 2 and 3, conducts the reflected light from mirror 1 to the lens via mirror 2 and 3.

This is also scanned by the scanning motor in the same way as carriage 1.

The scanning speed is half that of carriage 1.

(The scanning distance is also half.)

Mirror 2

Carriage 2

Mirror 3

Page 62: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(4) Lens unit

It is driving by the lens motor. The reflected light from mirror 3 is reversed at the lens focus, and

conducted to mirror 4 (mentioned later).

Lens

Lens unit

(5) Mirror unit

The mirror unit consists of mirror 4 and 5, and conducts the reflected light passing the lens to mirror

6 via mirror 4 and 5. This is driven by the mirror motor. Changing of positions of the lens unit and

mirror unit alters the reproduction ratio of the vertical direction of paper transport (lateral reproduc-

tion ratio).

When the distance of the light path is equal between the original surface and the lens focus and the

lens focus and the drum surface, actual-size copying is obtained.

When the former is longer, reproduction copying is performed, and when shorter, enlargement

copying.

Mirror 5

Mirror 4

Mirror unit

Page 63: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 5 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(7) Slit (glass)

The sub-reflector performs slit functions therefore the slit glass only protects the optical section

from toner dust, etc.

(8) Copy-area indicator unit

This is located inside the original scale. This is for indication of the maximum area in which the copy

can be made at that time.

The indicator is driven by the document motor. The original range is indicated with the copy-area

indicator and orange line on carriage 1.

Mirror 6

(6) Mirror 6

Conducts the reflected light from mirror 5 to the slit.

Copy areaindicator

Original scale

Carriage 1

Original range where a copycan be made

Original glass

Page 64: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.3 Description of Operation7.3.1 Scanning motor

The scanning motor rotation is transmitted to carriages 1 and 2 via the timing belt and the carriage drive

wire. Carriage 1 and 2 are first moved to home position. The home position is detected when carriage 1

passes the home switch. When the PRINT key is pressed, carriages 1 and 2 scan the original.

7.3.2 Mirror motor/lens motor

Mirror unitMirror motor

Lens motor

(Rear side)

Tension spring Scanning motor

Carriage 2

Carriage 1Carriage drive wire

Pulley Pulley Pulley Pulley

Page 65: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 7 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Lens motor

Gear (G18)…motor axis

Gear/pulley (G88/TP16)

Timing belt (pitch length: 810)

Lens unit

Mirror motor

Gear (G18)…motor axis

Gear (G88/G10)

Rack gear (G22)

Mirror unit

Immediately after the power is switched on:

• If the lens/mirror switch is on, the lens unit is transported to the exit side. Then the mirror unit is

transported to the feed side, and it is positioned for actual size copying.

• If the lens/mirror switch is off, the switches are turned on by the lens unit, then the mirror unit in that

order and both units are positioned for actual-size copying.

When the reproduction ratio is selected, the lens unit and the mirror unit are positioned accordingly using

the actual-size position as the starting (standard) position.

7.3.3 Document motor

The front and rear copy area indicators are set at home position, that is, for maximum width, via the

timing belt. When the paper size or reproduction ratio is changed, the indicators are positioned for the

specified size and the original setting position is indicated on the glass.

7.3.4 Optical fan motor

Stops during standby and rotates during copying, and cools the optical section.

Page 66: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.4 Pulse Motor Drive7.4.1 Pulse motor drive circuit (constant current type)

The scanning motor (M2) is driven by hybrid IC STK6713BMK4 of the unipolar constant current chopper

drive. The driving circuits of A and A phases are shown below. Since B and B phases are exactly the

same, they are omitted here.

The circuit configuration on the inside of the IC is composed of each phase excitation switching section

(IC2), driver (F1, F2), comparator (IC1), and current detection resistor (R7).

The following explains the circuit operation when the A phase is excited.

VCC2

VDD

+24V

R55

C24

R51 G/A

R58

62353

187iON iOFF

21 3øA15

øA13

Td18

Vref9

A

A

A

A

F1

IC1

IC2

IC2

IC2

IC2

F2C1

IC15

R3

DG

GND

R7

R1

D1

PG 4

5

R5

E

ABC

D

D/A DADAT

+—

Internal equivalent circuit of STK6713B

Page 67: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 9 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

– Process when the A phase is excited –

1 øA phase becomes “L” level (øA is “H” level).

2 Reverse input E of the comparator (IC1) is applied the reference voltage which depends on the

resistance divided voltage of the R51, R55, and the R58.

Non-reverse input B is “L” level. Therefore, the output C of IC1 becomes “L” level.

3 According to step 1 and 2, D of IC2 becomes “H” level, and F1 is turned ON. (conductive condi-

tion).

4 Current flows into the coil A from the power supply of +24V, and it gradually increases.

5 The terminal voltage of the current detection resistor R11 increases, and C becomes “H” level and

F1 goes OFF from the moment when voltage B becomes higher than voltage E.

6 Because the winding method of coil A and A is bipolar winding, the energy stored in coil A is induced

in coil A, and is discharged using the coil A.

That is, A current flows in direction of DG (Drive Ground), R7, F2 diode and coil A.

7 When the voltage stored in the condenser C1 lowers, and becomes lower than voltage E , C

becomes “L” level and F1 comes ON again, and winding current of A phase increases.

8 In this manner, the ON/OFF operation of the motor current (constant current chopping operation) is

repeated.

Motor input current waveform

In the case of the excitation of A phase, øA becomes “L” level and F2 comes ON, the same operation is

performed.

The limit of winding value is changed in high torque and low torque by the D/A output. In low torque the

current is lower, in high torque the current is higher.

Low torque : IOH

= 1.0 – 1.15 (A)

High torque: IOH

= 1.25 (A)

IOH =1.25(A)

0 (A)

Page 68: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Waveform time chart of each section

Equivalent circuit

1

0øIN

A

B

C

D

IOFF

ION

VOIreg

Ec

Ioh

0(A)

Vref

0(V)

0(A)

0(A)

Ec: C1 discharge voltage

VCC2

1A2

A3

øA15

øA13

Td18

Vref9

Vref11

Td210

øB14

øB16

B7

B6

PG4

SG5

NC12

F1 F2

IC2 IC2 IC3

IC3IC2

IC2IC1 IC1

IC3

IC3C1

R3

C2

R4

R1

+—

+—

R2

R7

R5 R6

R8

D1 D2

F4 F3 SUB

+—

Page 69: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 11 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.4.2 Pulse motor drive circuit (constant voltage type)

Lens motor (M3) (LNS-MOT) ~Driven by IC3 (Logic PC board: TD62308F)

Mirror motor (M4) (MRR-MOT) ~Driven by IC4 (Logic PC board: TD62308F)

Document motor (M11) (DCM-MOT) ~Driven by IC2 (Logic PC board: TD62308F)

In the case of 2-phase excitation, the figure on the

right shows the signals applied to the base of tran-

sistors QA, QB, QA, and QB.

An ON/OFF combination of the transistor is

switched.

The combination of the current flowing phases is

switched.

The motor rotates.

→→

Phase A

Phase A

Phase B

Phase B

647

48

DC24V

DA DA

QA QA QB QB

DB DB

TD62308F

ON ON

ONON

ON ON

ONON

A

B

A

B

Page 70: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.5 Exposure Control Circuit7.5.1 Introduction

The exposure control circuit is composed of four blocks as follows.

1 Lamp regulator Applies a pulse duty ratio corresponding to PWM signal

to the exposure lamp.

2 Automatic exposure sensor circuit Generates an AES signal indicating the density of the

original by sensing the light reflected by the surface of

the original.

3 Exposure step Detects the exposure position set by the operator’s key

input

4 Arithmetic and control unit Determines the lamp voltage by computation on the

basis of AES and exposure step, and outputs the PWM

signal to the lamp regulator.

Note : The ON/OFF state of the exposure lamp is controlled by a special signal (EXPON; J2-A18),

distinct from the PWM signal.

64

48

64

86

44

86

48

Original

Exposure lamp

Automatic exposuresensor circuit

Main CPU(IC19)

Lampregulator

RAM(IC30)

*PWM signal

AES signalPWA-AES

Control Panel

Arithmetic and control unitPWA-LGC

Key input

Gate array(IC18)

Page 71: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 13 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

The exposure control circuit has the following two functions:

A Manual exposure mode ..................A constant lamp voltage corresponding to the set exposure

step on the exposure lamp is applied.

B Automatic exposure mode ..............The quantity of light reflected by the surface of the original,

which varies infinitely with the lightness and darkness of

the surface of the original, is detected by the automatic ex-

posure sensor circuit, and the voltage applied to the expo-

sure lamp is continually varied accordingly; a high lamp

voltage being impressed for dark originals and a low lamp

voltage for light originals.

7.5.2 Operation of lamp regulator

A typical characteristic curve is shown in the following diagram.

By means of a phase-angle control system, a lamp voltage corresponding to the PWM pulse duty

ratio input is generated even if some fluctuation occurs in the AC input voltage.

PWM pulse duty ratio [%]

170/85 V approx.

76/38 V approx.

Lamp voltage

Range of actual use

Ran

ge o

f act

ual u

se

200 V series

100 V series

Limiter voltage

40 % 90 %

190/95 V approx.

[Characteristic curve of the lamp regulator]

Page 72: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.5.3 Automatic exposure sensor circuit

By the action of IC1, the incidence of light upon photocell PD1 is generated as an AES signal on J1-

B13 (PWA-LGC).

Dim reflected lightf Small AES output

Intense reflected lightf Large AES output

7.5.4 Arithmetic and control unit

The arithmetic and control unit is composed of the following four blocks.

1 AD converter

The AES signal is input into the analog input terminals of the CPU (IC19) and converted to

digital.

2 SRAM with built-in battery (BC-RAM)

Consists of IC30, which stores exposure adjustment data to ensure that optimum exposure is

performed for each reproduction ratio and for automatic exposure.

3 Main CPU (IC19)

Incorporates software which computes the voltage to be applied to the lamp in accordance with

the copying mode, such as enlargement/reduction, automatic exposure, and manual exposure,

and the adjustment data in BC-RAM.

4 PWM timer circuit

Consists of the circuit shown in figure below.

The data resulting from the computation performed by the CPU described in item 3 above, are

converted to PWM signals by the gate array, and output to J2-A17 via IC10 from the PWM

output terminal of the gate array.

Lamp regulator

Gate array

7407

PWM

PS-LRG

IC10

Page 73: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 15 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.5.5 Lamp regulator circuit

The lamp regulator monitors the AC input voltage to control the exposure lamp to a fixed intensity.

(Method) • The AC input voltage is detected.

• The waveform rectifying circuit rectifies the AC input voltage to a DC voltage approxi-

mated to the effective value of the input voltage.

• This DC voltage and pulse signal are rectified, and compared with the reference voltage

and amplified.

• According to the output, the trigger pulse generation circuit generates a trigger pulse

synchronous with the power source frequency.

• The energization angle of the triac is controlled.

Makes the voltage at both ends of the lamp constant.

(PWM)Pulse signal

Trigger pulsegenerationcircuit

Pulsewaveformrectifying circuit

ff

ff

=

Exp

osur

e la

mp

Differentialamplifier

Waveformrectifying circuit

Reference pulse signalsetting circuit

Page 74: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.6 Automatic Original-Size Detection CircuitThis circuit detects the original size (standard sizes only) using the 3-beam type reflecting photosensor

and 2 – 3 reflecting photosensors (3 for A4 series, 2 for LT series) on the base frame of the optical unit.

7.6.1 Principle of original-size detection

On the base frame of the optical unit, the reflecting

photosensor (3-beam type) and 2 – 3 reflecting

photosensors (3 for A4 series, 2 for LT series). Each

photosensor consists of an infrared light emitting

diode (light-emitting side LED) and a phototransistor

(light-receiving side). When an original is placed

on the original glass, the light emitted by the LEDs

is reflected by the original and led to the

phototransistor. In this way, the presence or ab-

sence of an original is detected by whether reflected

light exists or not.

7.6.2 Original size detection

(1) If the copier is set in the original size detection mode, the carriage is set at its home position.

(2) Detection is performed in an instant when the original cover is opened, each sensor receive the

reflecting light and the condition of a matrix shown in (4) are satisfied.

(3) Original size detection is performed when the output signals from each sensor are input to the gate

array (IC18) and the main CPU (IC19). IC18 and IC19 are on the logic PC board.

APS-F

APS-C

APS-0~2

APS-R

OriginalOriginal glass

Original size detection circuit

(Reflecting photosensor)

(Reflecting photosensor)

(Reflecting photosensor (3-beamtype))

(Reflecting photosensor)This sensor does not exist in theLT series.

Reflecting photosensor

14

44

42

44

44

31

442

443

Reflecting multi-beamsensor

APS-R

APS-C

APS-F

APS-2

APS-0

APS-1

197

196

195

128

130

129

IN32

IN31

IN30 IC18

PD3

PD1

PD2 IC19

Main CPU

Gate array

GND

VDD

PWA-LGC

Page 75: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 17 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

APS-2

APS-1

APS-0

APS-R

APS-C

APS-F

A5-RB5-R

A4-R

B4

A3

A5

A4

B5

A4 series

Paper exit side

LT series

Sensor detection points

ST-R

ST-R

ST, LT-R, LG

LT, LD

LT-R LGST

COMP

LDLT

APS-CAPS-2

APS-1

APS-0

APS-F

(4) Original size is determined by a combination of the presence/absence of the original. Combination

charts for size determination of A4 series and LT series are shown below in input level at ports PD1

~ PD3 (Main CPU: IC19) and ports IN30 ~ IN32 (Gate array: IC18).

* LT series does not use IN32.

“•” are detection points for each sensor

Page 76: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

A4 series

Main CPU (IC19) Port Input Level Gate array (IC18)(APS-2) (APS-1) (APS-0) (APS-F) (APS-C) Original

PD3 PD2 PD1 IN30 IN31 sizeH H H H H Original not exist

L L H H H STL H H H H ST-RL L L H H LTL L H H L LT-RL L H L L LGL L L L L LD

LT series

Main CPU (IC19) Port Input Level Gate array (IC18)(APS-2) (APS-1) (APS-0) (APS-F) (APS-C) (APS-R) Original

PD3 PD2 PD1 IN30 IN31 IN32 sizeH H H H H H Original not exist

L L H H H H A5L L L H H H B5L H H H H H A5-RL L L H H L A4L * H H L H B5-RL L H L L H A4-RL L L L L H B4L L L L L L A3

Note:

H: Original detected

L: Original not detected

*: H and L whichever is sufficient

Port input level (Main CPU: IC19, Gate array: IC18)

= Output level of each sensor

Page 77: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 19 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7 Disassembly and Replacement7.7.1 Original glass

(1) Remove the glass fix (2 screws).

(2) Remove the original glass in the direction of

the arrow.

Glass fix

Optical cover

(3) Remove the automatic exposure sensor unit

(1 screw).

(4) Remove the connector (1) and the screws (2)

and take off the PC board.

7.7.2 Automatic exposure sensor PC board

(PWA-AES)

(1) Remove the original glass and move carriages

1 and 2 to the exit side.

(2) Remove the optical cover (2 screws).

Note: Be careful not to deform the black sheets

of either side of the lens unit when moving

the lens unit with its optical cover removed.

Move the lens unit toward the paper feed

side to protect the black sheet when install-

ing the optical cover.

Original glass

Automatic exposure sensor unit

Paper feed sideBlack sheet

Connector

Page 78: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.3 Optical fan (front)

(1) Open the front cover.

(2) Remove the inner cover (3 screws).

(3) Disconnect a connector and remove 2 screws.

Optical fan (front)

7.7.4 Optical fan (rear)(1) Remove the upper rear cover.(2) Remove the connector (1) and the screws (2).

Optical fan (rear)

7.7.5 Lens motor/mirror motor

(1) Remove the optical cover.

(2) Remove each motor (2 screws each).

(3) Remove the each connector.

Mirror motor

Lens motorHarness cover

Page 79: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 21 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.7 Exposure lamp and thermal fuse(1) Remove the original glass and the rear top cover.(2) Move the carriage 1 to the position that the lamp

terminal is visible.(3) Remove the exposure lamp while bending the

power supply blade. Attention should be paidnot to touch lamp surface. (It may lead to un-even exposure.)

Note : When installing, position the lamp so that theTOSHIBA mark faces to the front. Moreover,the projection on the exposure lamp shouldface to the exit side. Lamp

Projection Reflector(4) To replace the thermofuse, remove the 2

screws.

Thermal fuse

Exposure lamp

Exit side

7.7.6 Automatic paper-size detector

(1) Remove the original glass.

(2) Remove the 3 beams sensor. (2 screws, 1

connector).

(3) Remove the reflecting photosensors (1 screw,

1 connector).

3 beam sensor

Reflecting photosensor

Reflecting photosensor

3 beam sensor Reflecting photosensor

[Front side] [Rear side]

[A4 series]

[LT series]

Page 80: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 22 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.8 Copy area indicator unit

(1) Remove the left top cover, the upper rear cover

and the control panel.

(2) Remove the transparent indicator cover (2

screws).

(3) Disconnect the document motor connector.

(4) To take out the document motor, disconnect a

connector and remove the 2 screws.

Remove the belt.

Note: To install the belt, place both indicators

against the bracket projection and set the

belt in the groove on the indicator. Documentmotor Belt

7.7.9 Scanning motor

(1) Remove the upper rear cover.

(2) Disconnect the connector. Remove 2 screws,

the tension spring, the wire drive belt, and the

scanning motor bracket.

Note: When installing;

1. Hang the tension spring on to the copi-

er’s frame.

2. Hang the wire drive belt on the scanning

motor pulley and then the belt drive pul-

ley. Attach the screws A and B tempo-

rarily.

3. Hang the tension spring on to the scan-

ning motor bracket.

4. Tighten the screws A and then B after a

proper tension is applied by the spring

while screws A and B are loosened.

Original width indicator unit

Wire drive beltB

Scanning motor

Belt drive pulley

ATension spring

Page 81: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 23 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.10 Home switch

(1) Remove the top left cover.

(2) Remove the connector and the 2 claws on the

bracket, then take out the home switch.

7.7.11 Platen switch

(1) Remove the upper rear cover and the rear top

cover.

(2) Remove the platen switch unit (2 screws).

Home switch

Platen switch

Connector Claw

(3) Remove the 3 screws and take out the scan-

ning motor.

Scanning motor

Page 82: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 24 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.12 Carriage 1

(1) Remove the original glass, the left top cover,

the transparent indicator cover and the upper

rear cover.

(2) Remove the 2 brackets which attach carriage

1 to the wire (1 screw each).

[Front side]

[Rear side]

Wire fixingbracket

(3) Remove the platen switch actuator by press-

ing and turning it in the direction of the arrow

(arrows 1 to 3 ). Then remove the connec-

tor and 2 claws.

Platen switch actuator

Platenswitch

Home switchclaws

1

3

2

Platen switchclaws

Wire fixingbracket

Page 83: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 25 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(3) Remove the cable for carriage 1 from the ca-

ble holder of carriage 2.Carriage 2 Cable holder

Cable

(4) Remove the cable holder.

Disconnect the connector.

Remove the earth wire (1 screw).

(5) Tilt entire the unit of carriage 1 and pull it out

upwards.

Note: Adjustments are necessary when installing

carriage 1.

Carriage 1

Cable holderEarth wire

Connector

Page 84: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 26 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.14 Lens unit

(1) Remove the lens cover.

(2) Remove the upper exit cover and the left top

cover.

(3) Remove the cable guide (1 screw).

(4) Remove the lens/mirror drive unit.

(5) Remove the indicator unit.

Cable guide

(6) Remove the tension bracket (1 screw).

Tension bracket

7.7.13 Mirror 1

(1) Remove the carriage 1.

(2) Remove the plate springs (2) which fix mirror

1.

(3) Remove the mirror 1.

Mirror 1

Page 85: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 27 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(8) Remove the lens unit from the lens/mirror

shaft.

Lens unit

7.7.15 Mirror unit and mirrors 4 and 5

(1) Remove the lens unit.

(2) Remove the mirror unit from the lens/mirror

shaft.

(3) Remove the plate springs (2 each) to take out

the mirrors.

Note: Adjustments are necessary when installing

the mirror unit.

Mirror unit

Mirror 5

Mirror 4

(7) Remove the lens/mirror shaft bracket (1

screw).

Shaft hold bracketLens/mirror shaft

Page 86: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 28 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.16 Lens/mirror drive unit

(1) Remove the right top cover, rear top cover,

optical cover and upper rear cover.

(2) Remove the glass stay in front and rear (4

screws).

(3) Remove the cable holder and the earth wire

(1 screw).

(4) Disconnect the connector from rear side, and

remove the 2 screws.

Glass stay (rear)

Glass stay (rear)

Lens/mirror drive unit

Page 87: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 29 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.18 Carriage 2

(1) Remove the carriage 1.

(2) Remove the lens/mirror drive unit.

(3) Set the wire holder jig to the wire drive pulley

on the front and rear side.

Wire drive pulley (front side)

Wire holder jig

Wire drive pulley (rear side)

Wire holder jig

7.7.17 Lens/mirror switch(1) Disconnect the connector. Remove the lens/

mirror drive unit (2 screws).(2) Disconnect the connector. Remove the lens/

mirror switch with its bracket (2 screws).

(3) Remove the hook. Disconnect the 2 connec-

tors. Remove the lens/mirror switch.

Connector Connector

Lens/mirror switch Connector

Page 88: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 30 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(5) Remove carriage 2.

7.7.19 Mirror 2 and Mirror 3

(1) Remove carriage 2.

(2) Remove the plate springs (2 each).

Carriage 2

Carriage 2

Mirror 3

Mirror 2

(4) Remove the tension spring on the front and

rear side. Tension spring

[Rear side][Front side]

Tension spring

Page 89: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 31 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Upper unit release lever

7.7.22 Exit fan motor

(1) Remove the upper exit cover and rear cover.

(2) Remove the 2 screws each which secure the

clamshell release lever and the upper exit

roller unit.

(3) Take out the 1 screw securing the fan unit.

(4) Remove the connector.

(5) Remove the exit fan motor.

Exit fan motor

Fan unit

Connector

7.7.20 Upper exit roller

(1) Remove the upper exit cover and rear cover.

(2) Remove the upper exit roller unit (2 screws).

(3) Remove the upper exit roller from its fitting in

the bracket.

7.7.21 Exit side ozone filter

(1) Remove the upper exit cover.

(2) Pull the ozone filter out.

Note: When replacing it with a new filter, be care-

ful not to crush or otherwise damage it with

your fingers.

Fan unitOzone filter

Upper exit roller unit

Screw

Page 90: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 32 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(5) Remove the one screw on the rear side wire

drive pulley.

(6) Remove the stopper ring and bearing in front

and rear side.

(7) Remove the whole wire drive shaft.

(8) Remove the rear side wire drive pulley from

the shaft. Remove the front side wire drive

pulley (1 screw).

Stop-ring

Bearing

Bearing

Stop-ring

[Front side]

[Rear side]

7.7.23 Carriage drive wire

(1) Remove the carriages 1 and 2.

(2) Remove the scanning motor and the belt.

(3) Remove the belt drive pulley (1 screw).

(4) Remove the fan unit.

Belt drive pulley

Page 91: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 33 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.24 Slit glass, mirror 6 cover

(1) Remove the process unit.

[Rear side]

Mirror 6 cover hook

[Front side]

Note: How to wind the carriage drive wires

1. Fit the end “D” of the carriage drive wire

in the groove of the wire drive pulley and

wind the carriage drive wire in the direc-

tion and the number of turns shown in the

figure on the right. (Do not allow the wire

to twist while winding it.)

2. Install the wire holding jig from the side

indicated with an arrow.

Wire holding jig

End “D”

Wire holding jig

[Front side]

[Rear side]

End “D”1 turns1

25 turns

1 turns12 5 turns

Page 92: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 34 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(3) Remove the mirror 6 cover (1 hook).

(4) Remove the slit glass from the mirror 6 cover

releasing the claw.

Note: Be sure not to let the slit glass fall during

installation or removal.

Mirror 6 coverGlass hook

Cover hook

Slit glassCover hook

7.7.25 Mirror 6

(1) Remove the optical cover and the mirror 6

cover.

(2) Remove the mirror 6 bracket (3 screws, 2

hooks).

(3) Take out the mirror 6 bracket in the direction

of the arrow.

(4) Remove the 2 plate springs and take out mir-

ror 6.

Installation hole

Mirror 6

Plate spring

Plate spring

Mirror 6 bracket installation screw

Mirror 6 bracket hooks

Page 93: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 35 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

7.7.26 Upper damp heater-1

(1) Remove the optical cover and the inner cover.

(2) Remove the connector.

(3) Remove the screw and take out the upper

damp heater-1.

ConnectorUpper damp heater-1

7.7.27 Upper damp heater-2

(1) Remove the original glass.

(2) Remove the upper exit cover.

(3) Remove the connector.

(4) Remove the screw and take out the upper

damp heater-2

Upper damp heater-2

Connector

Page 94: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 1 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8 PAPER FEEDING SECTION8.1 FunctionsThis unit sends paper which is set in the paper cassette or the bypass tray to the transfer position.

The paper feeding section is mainly comprised of manual feed roller, pick-up rollers, paper feed rollers,

separation rollers, transport rollers, aligning roller, manual feed switch, paper empty switch, paper size

switch, paper feed switch, paper stop switch and also their drive mechanism.

The following explains each part function.

(1) Pick-up roller/manual feed roller

Sends paper in the bypass tray or the paper cassette to the paper feed roller and the roller moves up

and down on each occasion of paper feeding.

(2) Paper feed roller

This is the opposite of the separation roller, sending paper fed from the pick-up roller to the transport

roller.

(3) Separation roller

This is the opposite of the paper feed roller. When two sheets or more are fed from the pick-up roller,

the load of the torque limiter of the separation roller is greater than the friction power between the

sheets of paper, the separation roller stops, causing the lower sheet also to stop and not be fed at

that moment. But in the case of single sheet feeding, it rotates at the same timing as the paper feed

roller so that it has the rotation force of that roller.

(4) Transport roller

Transport the paper from the feed roller to the aligning roller.

(5) Aligning roller

Paper fed from the paper feed roller is stuck against the aligning roller which is at rest, and leading

edge alignment is performed.

Then the aligning roller rotates to feed paper to the developing position.

Further, the aligning roller is contacted with the brush to prevent paper dust from adhering to the

aligning roller due to paper alignment. The following explains about switches which detect paper

size, paper presence and paper feeding position for ON/OFF control of each roller.

(6) Manual feed switch

Detects if paper is set in the bypass tray. If this is the case, manual paper feeding has priority over

cassette paper feeding.

(7) Paper-empty switch

This sensor detects paper in the paper cassette by the use of the actuator. When there is no paper in

the cassette, the actuator intercepts the transmitted light in the sensor, causing a paper-empty situ-

ation to be detected.

Page 95: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(8) Paper size switch

Consists of four push-type switches.

In the paper cassette, tabs are installed so that any of these switches (1 to 4) is pressed when a

paper cassette is installed in the copier.

Corresponding to which switch is being pressed, paper size detection is performed.

(9) Paper stop switch

Detects the leading/trailing edge of paper passing through the paper transport roller.

Jam detection such as for paper misfeeding, etc. is also used.

(10)Paper aligning switch

Detects that the leading edge of the paper has arrived at the aligning roller.

Also detects that the trailing edge of the paper has passed through the aligning roller.

If the former is detected, it reads that the aligning roller has completed paper alignment.

Paper feeding section sectional view (Front side)

Manual feed roller

Manual switch

Manual pick-up roller

Manual switch actuator

Paper stop switch-1

Separation roller

Transport roller-2

Paper stop switch-2

Lower aligning roller

Transport roller-1

Separation padFeed rollerAligning switch

Cassette traylift-up unit

Upper aligningroller

Pick-uproller

Page 96: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 3 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Manual feed clutch

Aligning roller clutch

Main motor

Feed clutch (upper)

Transportclutch

Feed clutch (lower)

Paper feeding section drive system (Rear side)

Cassette tray-up/down unit

Page 97: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8.1.1 Manual pick-up roller vertical movement

When drive power is transmitted to the feed roller, rotation power is sent to the pick-up lever via the

spring clutch. Then the pick-up arm falls by its own weight and the spring clutch stops in the position in

which it has bumped into the stopper.

When the drive power of the feed roller is lost, the pick-up lever is lifted up by the force of the lever spring

after which the pick-up arm is also raised.

8.1.2 Cassette pick-up roller vertical movement

When the cassette is inserted, the cassette lever d pushes up the lever a in the direction A. Then the

pick-up roller is caused to fall by its own weight due to the link mechanism of the levers b and c.

Spring clutchDrive power

Feed roller

Lever spring

Pick-up arm

Lever d

Lever c

Cassette insertion directionLever a

Pick-up roller

Lever b

Spring

Pick-up roller

Pick-up lever

Page 98: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 5 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8.1.3 Paper separation operation

Since no paper separation claws are used in the

cassette, a paper separation roller is installed in-

side the machine. The separation roller section

consists of a paper feed roller, separation roller,

spring joint, etc., as shown.

The feed roller is rotated by the feed clutch in the

direction of the arrow ( ) at the same timing

as the pick-up roller.

As shown in the lower right figure, two sheets feed-

ing are occured, since the friction between the

sheets is smaller, the lower sheet is stopped being

fed any further while the upper sheet is forced to

be transported by the feed roller in the direction of

the arrow ( ).

[Example]

When only one sheet of paper 1 has entered into

the separation roller section, since the feed roller’s

transporting force is stronger than the separation

roller’s braking force, the separation roller is forced

to rotate causing the sheet to be sent toward the

aligning roller ( ).

When, two sheets (1 and 2) have entered into

the separation roller section at the same time, since

the powers of the feed roller’s transporting and

separation roller’s braking are greater than the fric-

tion power of the paper, the paper 1 is transported

toward in the direction of the arrow ( ) and

the paper 2 is not transported any further by the

separation roller.

Feed roller

Separation roller

Spring joint

1

2

Feed roller

Separation roller

Page 99: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8.2 Cassette Feeding Operations8.2.1 Operation explanation

[A] From power-on until standby status

(1) When the power is turned on for the copier, the tray motors (M13/14) are set to ON and the trays at

each level start to rise. When the trays are raised, the tray-up switches (S28/29) are turned on (L →

H), and the tray motors (M13/14) are turned off, which stops the upward motion of the trays. At this

point, if the empty switches (S3/14) are off (L), it is determined that paper is not present. If the empty

switches are on (H), it is determined that paper is present. The trays stop in their raised position

regardless of whether there is paper or not.

(2) If the power is turned on when the cassette has been removed, the tray motor for that level does not

come on. When the cassette is inserted in the slot, the tray is raised and the presence or absence of

paper is determined.

(3) If either of the paper stop switches (S7/16) or the aligning switch (S8) is ON (because there is paper

in the paper path) when the power is turned on, it is determined that a paper jam has occurred and

operation is not possible until the paper is removed.

[B] Standby mode

(1) After the paper supply is checked by the raising of the trays as described above, the standby mode

is obtained. In the standby mode, the trays remain in their raised position.

(2) When the cassette is inserted or removed in the standby mode, the tray is raised again to check the

paper supply.

[C] Manual feeding

• The manual feed switch detects the presence of manual feeding paper.

• The manual solenoid is turned on, and the pick-up roller and the manual feed roller are rotated.

• The pick-up roller is lowered, and paper feeding is started.

• The leading edge of the paper turns on the paper aligning switch and is aligned at the aligning

roller.

• The manual feed clutch is turned off, and the pick-up roller and manual feed roller stopped rotat-

ing, and then the pick-up roller is raised.

• The aligning clutch is turned on, and the paper is transported to the transfer process.

[D] Cassette feeding (upper or lower)

• The feed clutch and the transport clutch are turned on, and the feed roller and the transport roller

are rotated, and then paper feeding is started.

• The leading edge of the paper turns on the paper stop switch, then the feed clutch is turned off.

• The leading edge of the paper turns on the aligning switch, and is aligned at the aligning roller.

• The transport clutch is turned off, and the transport roller is stopped.

• The aligning clutch is turned on, and the paper is transported to the transfer process.

Page 100: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 7 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8.3 Motor Drive Circuit8.3.1 Brush motor drive circuit

Tray-up motor (T-UP-MOT) : Driven by IC13 (upper cassette)/IC12 (lower cassette) (PWA-LGC:

TA8428)

The block diagram of TA8428 is shown below.

IN1 and IN2 are input terminals for the signals from the microcomputer. In the control section, the motor

is controlled on and off based on the signals from the microcomputer. For the control, refer to the table

below.

Input OutputIN1 IN2 M (+) M (–) DescriptionH H L L BRAKEL H L H CCW (upward)H L H L CW (downward)L L OFF (high impedance) STOP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

IN1 IN2 M(+) GND M(–) N.C. VCC

Control logic

Protection foroverheating andover current

Page 101: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8.4 Disassembly and Replacement8.4.1 Manual feed unit (roller)

(1) Remove the upper feed cover and left feed

cover.

(2) Remove the screw and bracket in the front side,

and then take out the manual feed tray unit.

b a cd a d

(3) Remove screw a, and then b and c.

(4) Disconnect the connector of the electromag-

netic clutch.

(5) Remove the manual feed unit (screw d) while

pressing the separation pad.

Bracket Manual tray unit

Separation pad

Page 102: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 9 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

[A] Manual feed roller

(1) Remove the stop ring.

(2) Pull out the feed roller in the direction of the

arrow A.

[B] Pick-up roller

(1) Remove the stop-ring.

(2) Pull out the ø6 shaft in the direction of the ar-

row B.

Notes: Pay attention to the following points when

reassembling the manual, pick-up, feed and

separation rollers.

1. Set the timing belt securely on the pul-

ley.

2. Be careful not to mistake the setting po-

sition of the timing belt (manual feed

roller).

3. Put the clip properly into the slot of the

shaft.

4. Check that oil etc. has not adhered to the

surface of the timing belts, pulleys and

rollers.

5. Make sure of the roller orientation.

Stop-ring

Pick-up roller

Stop-ring

Feed roller

Belt tension roller

Paper

Paper feed roller

Separation pad

Pick-up roller

Page 103: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8.4.2 Separation pad

(1) Remove the manual feed unit (roller).

(2) Remove the separation pad bracket (2 screws)

and then take the bracket out toward the front.

(3) Remove the spring and then the separation pad.

Note: Be careful not to damage the manual feed

switch at the time of installation.

Separation pad

Spring

Separation pad

Separation pad

Separation pad bracket

Separation pad bracket

Page 104: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 11 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8.4.3 Aligning unit

(1) Remove the front inner cover, the lower inner

cover and the transfer/separation charger unit.

(2) Disconnect the connector of the developer bias

harness from the HVT transformer. Remove the

pulley and belt in the rear side of the aligning

roller.

(3) Remove the aligning unit fixing screws. (front:

2 pcs., rear: 1pc.)

(4) Disconnect the connectors of the clutch in the

rear side and the aligning switch.

(5) Slide the aligning unit to the rear side and lift

up the unit to remove it.

Note: When installing the aligning unit, insert the

rotation stopper of the electromagnetic

clutch properly into the rear side bracket

and securely hook the belt to the pulley.

[A] Aligning roller (upper, lower)

(1) Remove the aligning guide (2 screws).

Aligning unit

Aligning roller (upper)

BeltPulley Aligning unit

Rotation stopper

Aligning switch harness

Clutch connector

Aligning guide

Page 105: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(2) Remove the aligning pressure spring.

(3) Remove the bushes (upper, lower, 2 each).

[B] Paper dust cleaning brush

(1) Remove the brush (2 screws).

(When the unit is installed in the machine, the

brush can be removed/installed if the transfer/

separation charger has been taken out).

(4) Lift up the aligning rollers (upper and lower) in

the direction of the arrow D to remove them.

Bush (lower)

Bush (upper)

Aligning pressure spring

Aligning roller (upper)

Aligning roller(lower)

Bush (lower)

Aligning roller (lower)

Aligning roller (upper)

Aligning roller (upper)

Bush(upper)

Pressure spring

D

Paper dust cleaning brush

Page 106: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 13 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

8.4.4 Cassette feed section

(1) Remove the right feed cover.

(2) Open the jam release cover.

(3) Remove the hinge (2 screws).

(4) Remove the harness cover.

(5) Remove the jam release cover.

(6) Disconnect the connector from the feed unit.

Note: If the LCF has been installed on the copier,

use the following procedure to remove the

harness cover and the connector.

1. Remove the right feed cover.

2. Remove the hinge stopper for the LCF

in order to open it fully.

3. Open the LCF fully.

4. Remove the harness cover.

5. Disconnect the connector from the feed

unit.

(7) Pull out the cassette.

(8) Disconnect the paper size detection switch

harness from the switch.

(9) Remove the two paper feed unit fixing screws,

and pull out the unit toward the front side.

Harness cover

Connector Jam release cover

Paper feed unitHarness

Hinge

Right feed cover Hinge stopper

LCF

Page 107: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(2) Remove the separation roller holder (2 screws).

(3) Remove the pick-up roller from the arm.

(4) Slide the feed roller in the direction of the ar-

row A and pull out the bush from the shaft.

(5) Remove the stop-ring and pick-up arm from the

shaft and pull out the feed roller.

Bush

Clutchbracket

One-way clutch(CLUTCH-6-R)

[A] Cassette feed unit (rollers)

(1) Remove the clutch bracket.

Clutch bracket

(6) Remove the lever and separation roller with

shaft from the holder.

(7) Remove the cover, arbor and clutch spring, and

then separation roller from the shaft.

Feed rollerPick-up arm

Stop-ring

One-way clutch(CLUTCH-6-L)

Holder

Shaft

Separationroller

Spring

Arbor

Spring

ArborLever

Clutch spring

Separation roller

Cover

Pick-up rollerCassette feed unit

Page 108: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 15 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Note: When installing the manual feed, pick-up,

paper feed and separation rollers, pay at-

tention to the following items.

1. Insert a pin in the pulley.

2. Make sure the timing belt is correctly

looped on the pulley.

3. Make sure the lock direction of the one-

way clutch is correct.

4. Make sure the clip is set in the shaft

groove.

5. Make sure no oil gets on the surface of

the timing belt, pulley and roller.

6. Make sure of the roller orientation.

LOCK

LOCK

LOCK

CLUTCH-6-L

CLUTCH-6-R

Paper

Pick-up rollerSeparation roller

Paper feed roller

Page 109: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 1 2060, 2860/70 DRUM

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9. DRUM-RELATED SECTION9.1 Construction

In this section, the drum-related parts including the drum are described. (The cleaner unit is excepted.)

Construction of the parts is as follows.

• Upper unit Drum

Main charger High-voltage transformer unit

LED eraser array, discharge lamp

• Lower unit Transfer/separation charger High-voltage transformer unit

Transfer guide bias

Transport-belt unit

Separationcharger

Transfercharger

Bias guide

Transport belt unit

Main charger

Discharge lamp

LED eraser array

Mirror 6

Slit glass

Drum

Page 110: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9.2 Drive Mechanism

Timing pulley (TP40)/Drum drive gear (G20)

Belt (248 pitch)

Timing pulley(G56/TP24)

Main motor (G10)

Belt(246 pitch)

Arm fulcrum gear(TP28/G21)

(G56) Heat roller

Drum(G72)

Belt(324 pitch)

Timing pulley(G57/TP24/TP19)

Transportbelt

(G20) (G35)

Fuser/Transportbelt drive gear(G25)

Transport belt drivegear (G27/G19)

• Drum drive

Gear (teeth: 20)……Copier rear side (inside of rear frame)

Drum gear (teeth: 72) → Drum (inside of cleaner unit)

• Transport belt drive

Gear (teeth: 19)……Copier rear side (inside of rear frame)

Transport belt gear (teeth: 20) → Transport belt

Front side view Removing fuser unit and transport belt unit

G25

Rear side sectional view

Dev-unit drivegear G23

G25

G20

TP28/G21

Transport beltdrive gearG27/G19

Page 111: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 3 2060, 2860/70 DRUM

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9.3 Functions9.3.1 Main charger, discharge lamp, and

LED eraser array

[A] Main charger

(1) Applies a negative electrical charge to the drum

(through a high-voltage transformer).

[B] Discharge lamp

(1) Remove any electrical charge remaining on the

drum after cleaning.

[C] LED eraser array

(1) Remove any unrequired portion of latent im-

age formed on the drum.

9.3.2 Transfer/separation charger, transport

belt

[A] Transfer charger

(1) Transfers the toner on the drum to the copy

paper (high-voltage transformer: DC).

[B] Separation charger

(1) Separates the copy paper with toner from the

drum (high-voltage transformer: AC).

[C] Transport belt

(1) Transports the paper, which has been trans-

ferred and separated from the drum, to the fuser

unit.

Discharge lamp LED eraser array

Transport belt

Drum

Main charger

Transfer/separationcharger

Page 112: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9.4 Disassembly/ReplacementRemove the switch cover and the process unit as required to create easy-to-service conditions.

9.4.1 Discharge lamp

(1) Remove the rear cover (U).

(2) Disconnect the connector J12.

(3) Hold the leading edge of the PC board and pull

it to the rear.

Note: When reassembling, insert the PC board

firmly until it touches the bracket.

Discharge lamp

Discharge lamp connector

Page 113: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 5 2060, 2860/70 DRUM

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9.4.2 LED eraser array

(1) Remove the process unit and the rear cover

(U).

(2) Disconnect the connector.

(3) Remove one screw and pull it to the front.

9.4.3 Main charger

(1) Remove the toner cartridge.

(2) Lift up the upper unit.

(3) Remove the connector cover (1 screw) (for Eu-

ropean machines).

(4) Remove the one screw shown by the arrow.

Pull out the unit to the front side.

Notes: 1. Be careful not to damage the drum.

2. Check that the drum shaft is in the cleaner

unit.

LED eraser array

Screw

Connector of the LED eraser array

Page 114: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(5) Remove the holder charger.

Holder charger

(6) Remove the main charger in the order of 1 –

2.

[A] Grid

(1) Pull the grid in the direction of the arrow and

unhook it.

Note: During replacement, do not touch the

mesh section of the grid with your bare

hands.

Main charger

Process unit

1

2

Grid

Notch

[Rear side]

Flat end screw driver

Page 115: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 7 2060, 2860/70 DRUM

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

[B] Replacement of charger wire

Total length: 353 mm

Tungsten wire: ø0.06 mm

(1) Remove the terminal cover at the front and rear.

[Front side]

V-groove

[Rear side]

Terminal (R)

V-groove

Terminal cover

Terminal cover

Spring hanger Terminal (F)

Page 116: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

[C] Replacing the cleaning pad:

(1) Remove the charge wire.

(2) Remove the rear terminal.

(3) Move the cleaning pad to the rear side.

(4) Remove the pad holder snap from the shaft.

[Rear side]

Pad holder

Cleaning pad

Notes: 1. Pay attention to direction of the spring

hanger on the front.

2. Insert fully in the V-groove on the front

and rear.

3. The wire must not be kinked.

4. Do not touch the wire directly with your

hands.

5. It is easy to replace the charger wire when

the rear side terminal is put on the holder

charger.

Terminal base

Spring hanger

Holder charger

Page 117: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 9 2060, 2860/70 DRUM

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9.4.4 Transfer/separation charger

(1) Remove 1 screw.

(2) Remove 1 connector.

Transfer/separation charger

Transfer/separation charger

Connector

Notes: 1. When reassembling, pay attention to the

direction in which the pad holder faces.

2. When moved to the rear, the pads (2 pcs.)

should be clearly away from the wires.

Charge wire

Cleaning pad

Page 118: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

[A] Replacement of chager wire

Total length: 353 mm

Gold plated tungsten wire: ø0.06 mm

(1) Remove the terminal cover on the front

and rear. In the case of the separation

charger,…remove the supporter.

Terminal

Charge wire

V-grooveTransfer/separationcharger

Charge wire terminal

[Rear side]

[Front side]

Charge wire terminal

SpringCharge wire V-groove

Notes: 1. When fitting the transfer/separation

charger, insert it in the placement groove

on the rear frame. Also check that it can

be pushed up by the spring and moves

up and down.

2. Do not forget to insert the connector.

[Rear side]

Spring

Supporter

Page 119: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 11 2060, 2860/70 DRUM

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

[B] Replacing the cleaning pad:

(1) Remove the charge wire.

(2) Remove the rear terminal.

(3) Move the cleaning pad to the rear side.

(4) Remove the pad holder snap from the shaft.

Notes: 1. When reassembling, pay attention to the

direction in which the pad holder faces.

2. When moved to the rear, the pads (2 pcs.)

should be clearly away from the wires.

Notes: 1. Pay attention to the direction of the spring

hanger on rear.

2. Ensure that the charge wires are firmly

inserted in V-slots at the front and rear.

3. The wire must not be kinked.

4. Do not touch the wire directly with your

hand.

5. Insert the supporter securely into the

hook or slot.

Spring hanger

Cleaning pad

Pad holder[Rear side]

Charge wire

Cleaning pad

Page 120: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(2) Remove the screw, disconnect the 2 connec-

tors on the front side, and take out the trans-

port belt unit.

Transport belt unit

Connectors

9.4.5 Transport belt unit

(1) Remove the toner box.Transport belt unit

Transfer/separationcharger

Page 121: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 13 2060, 2860/70 DRUM

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9.4.6 High-voltage transformer for main

charger, transfer/separation and trans-

fer bias

(1) Remove the transfer/separation charger and

transport belt unit.

(2) Remove the screw and take out the protective

bracket.

[A] To place the belt:

(1) Remove the idle roller on the drum side.

(2) Remove the stop-ring and shaft.

(3) Remove the belt case (4 screws).

(4) Remove the belt.

Note: The belt position for installation is shown in

the figure below.

Idle roller on drum side

5 ± 1 mm

Front side

Transport belt

Notes : 1. To reinstall the transport-belt unit in the

copier, fit its rear guide projection (2) in

the hole in the rear copier frame and the

front guide projection in the cut-out por-

tion of the front copier frame.

2. Check that the gears on the front and rear

are properly engaged.

GearBelt

Rear side guideprojection

Drum sideidle roller

Belt case

Shaft

Stop-ring

Protective bracket

Page 122: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9.4.7 Lower damp heater, fuse PC board,

and thermostat

(1) Remove the protection bracket.

(2) Remove the screw, pull out the connector, and

take out the entire bracket.

(3) Pull out the connector on the fuse PC board

and the 2 Faston terminals for the thermostat.

Remove the screw and the washer. Take out

the lower damp heater.

(4) Remove the connector and take off the fuse

PC board from the lock support.

(5) Pull out the 2 Faston terminals, remove the

screw and take off the thermostat.

(4) Remove the 2 connectors and 3 screws, and

take out the high-voltage transformer.

(3) Remove the connectors for the transfer/sepa-

ration charger (front side) and the main charger

(rear side).

[Rear side]

Main charger connector

Hooks

Faston terminalsThermostatfixing screw

Thermostat

Connector

Lower damp heater

Fuse PC board

[Front side]

Transfer/separationcharger connector

Connectors

Hooks

High-voltagetransformer

Page 123: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 15 2060, 2860/70 DRUM

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

9.5 Charging, Transfer, Separation, Developer-bias Control Circuit9.5.1 Outline

• Circuit to create the output control voltage Vc of the charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias.

• Vc is varied → output current or voltage varies linearly.

9.5.2 Operation explanation

• Charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias output adjustment value inside BC-RAM is output

to the main processor.

• Outputs control voltage data from the main processor to the D/A converter.

• Analog conversion by the D/A converter.

• Outputs control voltage Vc to the charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias transformer.

• Charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias transformer generates an output current or voltage

proportional to control the voltage Vc.

* Adjustment of control voltage Vc (adjustment data change) is performed in the AJ mode.

→→

→→

BC-RAM

IC19IC40

IC30

Vc

Mainprocessor

D/Aconverter

Adjustmentvalue

High-voltagetransformer

OutputAnalog

Digitaldata

Changing/transfer/separation/developer-bias output

Page 124: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

MAINCPU

BC-RAM

IC30

IC18

IC19

IC40

J7-2 HVMVREF

J7-7 HVTVREF

J7-5 HVACVREF

J7-1 BIASVREF

GateArray

D/AConverter

Page 125: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 1 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

10. DEVELOPER UNIT10.1 Construction

DrumLeveler Mixer 1

Auto-toner sensor

Magnetic roller (sleeve)

Mixer 2

Front side sectional view

Upper cover

Magnetic roller

Top cover

Guide roller

Guide roller

Page 126: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Mixer 1

Sleeve drive pulleyP27

Guide roller

Magnetic roller

Timing belt (2M96)Mixer 2

Pulley P24

G24

Rear of developer

10.2 Developer drive10.2.1 Magnetic roller, mixer 1 and mixer 2

[Rear of copier] Gear (teeth: 23)

Developer drive gear (teeth: 24) Mixer-1

Gear (teeth: 24) Mixer 2

Pulley (teeth: 24) Timing belt

(2M96)

Sleeve drive pulley Magnetic roller

(teeth: 27)

[Rear side]

Developer drive gear G23

P27P24

G24G24

(Copier)

Developer drive gear G24 (Dev unit)

Page 127: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 3 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

10.2.2 Toner cartridge

[Developer front] Toner cartridge drive motor

Drive gear (teeth: 32)

Toner cartridge (toner replenishment)

Mix toner with mixer 1 and 2.

Cartridge drive gear G32

Mixer 2

Toner cartridgedrive motor

[Front side]

Page 128: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

10.3 Disassembly/Replacement10.3.1 Disassembly and reassembly of developer unit

(1) Remove the toner cartridge.

(2) Lift up the upper unit.

(3) Pull out the process unit.

(4) Place the process unit on the flat space. Pull up the front lever and push down the rear lever in the

cleaner section. Disconnect the developer unit from the cleaner section.

Notes: 1. Be careful not to damage the drum.

2. Check that the drum shaft is in the cleaner unit.

[Front side] [Rear side]

Rear side lever

Cleaner section Developer unit

Process unit

Front side lever

Page 129: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 5 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(5) When installing the process unit into the copier,

align the 2 guides.

Finally, insert the positioning pin into the upper

frame hole pushing the portion indicating the

arrow.

Upper frame

Guide Guide

Upper cover

10.3.2 Pouring in developer material

(1) Remove the upper cover (2 screws).

Page 130: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(3) After the pouring in has been completed, turn

the gear in the direction of the arrow, and cause

the developer material to be transported onto

the magnetic roller.

(4) Install the upper cover. After fully inserting the

hooks (four places), fasten with screws.

Gear

Hooks

Upper cover

(2) Remove the cap of the developer material

bottle. Pour the developer material into the de-

veloper unit.

Page 131: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 7 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(5) Pay attention to the overlapping between the side seal (front, rear) and the rubber seal. (Be careful

when reassembling the upper cover.) The side seal must come between the outer rubber seal and

inner one.

Side seal Outer rubber seal

Inner rubber seal

Page 132: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

10.3.3 Discharging developer material

(1) Set the cap jig on the toner replenishment ori-

fice on the developer unit as shown in the fig-

ure. (This is done to prevent the developing

material around the toner replenishment orifice

from splattering into the toner cartridge drive

unit when the developer unit is turned upside

down.)

(2) Remove the upper cover (2 screws).

Hooks

Upper cover

(3) Incline the developer unit and discharge devel-

oper material from the position indicated by the

arrow.

Notes: 1. Do not discharge developer material

from the toner replenishment orifice, as

the developer will adhere to the gear of

the toner cartridge drive motor, causing

the motor to seize.

2. Take care to avoid the connector becom-

ing smeared with developer material

when discharging is performed.

Toner replenish-ment orifice

Cap jig

Page 133: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 9 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

10.3.4 Guide roller

[A] Front side

(1) Discharge the developer material.

(2) Remove the toner holder bracket (2 screws).

(4) Remove the nozzle (3 screws).

(3) Remove the connector.

Toner holder

Toner holder bracket

Connector

Toner holder bracket

Nozzle

[Front side]

Page 134: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(5) Remove the plate

(3 screws, coil spring).

[B] Rear side

(1) Remove adjustment plate (1 screw).

(2) Remove plate (4 screws and 1 coil spring).

(6) Remove the E-ring.

Replace guide roller.

Coil spring

[Front side]Plate

E-ring

Guideroller

Coil spring

Adjuster plate

Plate

Page 135: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 11 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(3) Replace the guide roller.

Notes: 1. The guide roller is common to the front

and rear.

2. After reassembly, adjust the polarity po-

sition and the doctor sleeve gap accord-

ing to the method given in the Service

Handbook.

10.3.5 Toner cartridge drive

(1) Discharge the developer material.

(2) Remove the toner holder bracket, nozzle and

side plate.

(3) Pull out the harness and disconnect the con-

nector. Remove the motor unit (1 screw).

Guide roller

Harness

Motor unit

Connector

(4) Remove the motor (2 screws).

Replace the motor.

When the gear is defective, replace the entire

unit.

Motor

Page 136: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

10.3.6 Toner sensor

(1) Discharge the developer material.

(2) Reverse the developer unit and remove the har-

ness cover (1 screw).

10.3.7 Magnetic roller

(1) Discharge the developer material.

(2) Remove the toner holder, nozzle, plate and

guide roller.

(3) Remove the leveler (2 screws).

(4) Remove the sleeve drive pulley.

Harness cover

Toner sensor

Leveler

(3) Remove the toner sensor (1 connecor).

Replace the sensor.

Sleeve drivepulley

Guide roller

Page 137: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 13 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(5) Peel off the seal after removing the front E-ring,

and then remove the magnetic roller bearing.

Shift the magnetic roller in the direction of the

arrow, remove it from the slit in the frame and

pull it out towards the front.

(6) Remove the V-ring.

Notes: 1. Pay attention to the direction (obverse/

reverse) of the V-ring when reassembly.

2. After reassembly, adjust the polarity po-

sition and the doctor sleeve gap accord-

ing to the method given in the Service

Handbook.

Magneticroller

Magnetic rollerbearing

Seal

V-ring

Page 138: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

10.4 Brush Motor (Toner Motor (M15)) Drive CircuitThe toner motor is provided to supply toner for the developer unit.

The toner motor is driven by transistor 2SD1417 (Q3 on the logic PC board), and its circuit is structured

as follows.

The motor winding is connected to the +24V at its (+) side and to the collector of Q3 at its (–) side.

– When P62 (TMOT-ON signal) of the main-CPU becomes “L” level –

• Q8 is turned on → Q3 is turned on

• The +24V power supply supplies current in Q3 via the motor winding → the motor rotates

– When TMOT-ON signal becomes “H” level –

• Q8 is turned off → Q3 is turned off

• The current which was flowing in the motor winding flows via the route of diode D3.

~ It decreases at the rate of the time constant determined by the inductance and resistance of the

winding.

MAIN-CPU+5SW

63

P62

IC19 TMOT-ON

Q8R21

R22

D3

+24

Q3

2SD1417

PWA-LGC

Toner motor

Page 139: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 15 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

CPU

IC19:95C063F

IC40M62353(A03)

BC-RAMIC30

PWA-LGC

10.5 Auto-Toner Sensor Circuit10.5.1 Brief description

• Functions of auto-toner circuit.

• Detects the density of the toner in the developer material.

~ Density drops → toner supply.

• Detects that the toner in the toner cartridge has been used up (toner empty).

• Configuration of auto-toner circuit.

• Auto-toner sensor: Detects toner density.

• Control section: Control to maintain the toner in the developer material at a constant specific

density.

• Toner motor: Replenishes the toner in the developer material.

• Display unit: Displays the toner-empty status.

Display

Toner

Toner sensor

Developer materialDeveloper unit

647

486

44

74

48

Arithmetic and control unit

DA converterControl voltage signal

Toner density signal

Toner cartridge

Tonermotor

Page 140: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 - 1 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

11. CLEANER UNIT11.1 ConstructionThe cleaner unit consists of a drive section, main blade, recovery blade, toner-recovery auger, and toner

bag (see Chapter 9 for main charger).

DrumDrum gear

Main charger

Toner recovery auger

Drum shaft

When the drum has been removed

When the main charger has been removed

Toner recovery auger

Main blade

Gear

Recovery blade

Page 141: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

11.2 Drive system

Front view

G20

→→

• Drum/toner recovery auger drive

Gear (teeth: 20)-----Rear of machine (inside frame)

Drum gear (teeth: 72) Drum

Gear (teeth: 23) Toner recovery auger

Toner-full switch

Page 142: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 - 3 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

11.3 Description of Functions[A] Main blade

Scrapes off residual toner on the drum sur-

face. The blade is pushed against the drum

at a constant pressure by the pressure spring.

Toner recoveryauger

Front cross-section view

[D] Toner bag

The toner scraped off by the cleaner blade is

carried by the recovery auger into the toner

bag.

[E] Toner-full switch

When the toner bag becomes full of recov-

ered toner, the recovery auger is pushed back

towards the rear, causing the toner-full switch

S13 to come on.

When rear cover (U) has been removed

Toner full switch Drive unit

Note: When the blade is released from the drum

such as for adjustment of the high- voltage

transformer, rotate the blade pressure re-

lease cam in the direction of the arrow.

[B] Recovery blade

Catches the toner scraped off by the main

blade.

[C] Toner recovery auger

Transports scraped off residual toner into the

toner bag.

Blade release cam

Main blade

Recovery blade

Pressurespring

Page 143: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

11.4 Disassembly/Replacement11.4.1 Cleaner unit

(1) Remove the toner cartridge.

(2) Lift up upper unit.

(3) Pull out the process unit.

(4) Disconnect the cleaner unit from the developer

unit.

Notes : 1. Be careful not to damage the drum.

2. Check that the drum shaft is in the

cleaner unit.

3. In this copier’s cleaner unit, the main

blade is in constant contact with the

drum. Consequently, when fitting a new

drum to the cleaner unit, release the main

blade pressure by turning the blade

pressure release cam.

4. After applying powder to the entire drum,

turn the cam and bring the main blade in

contact with the drum.

5. When rotating the cam, use a screw-

driver to perform certain operations.

Blade pressure-release cam

Drum shaft

(5) Pull out the drum shaft from the rear after lift up

the drum shaft stopper lever.

Blade pressure applied cam position

Blade pressure released cam position

Page 144: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 - 5 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(6) When removing the drum from the cleaner unit,

hold the side of the drum as shown (in diagram),

and slowly take it out.

Note: When reinstalling the drum in the cleaner

unit, the drive gear should be installed to

the rear.

DrumGear

Main blade

Spring

2 1

11.4.2 Main blade

(1) Remove the main charger.

(2) Remove the spring.

(3) Remove the 2 screws.

When reassembling, secure with the screws in

the following order:

1 → 2

11.4.3 Recovery blade

(1) Turn the cleaner unit upside down.

(2) Remove the separation claw holder (4 screws).

(3) Remove the recovery blade (2 screws).

Recovery blade

Separation claw holder

Page 145: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Separation claw holder

Separation claw

Charger output adjustment block

11.4.6 Toner-full switch

(1) Remove the main motor (2 screws).

(2) Remove the drive unit (5 screws).

(3) Remove the toner-full switch.

Toner-full switch

11.4.4 Separation claw

(1) Turn the cleaner unit upside down.

(2) Remove the 2 screws and take out the separa-

tion claw with the holder.

(3) Remove the separation claw from its fitting.

11.4.5 Block for charger output adjustment

(1) Remove cleaner unit.

(2) Remove inner cover (upper).

(3) Remove a screw.

Page 146: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 1 2060, 2860/70 FUSER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

12 FUSER UNIT/PAPER-EXIT UNIT12.1 General Description

Heat rollerCleaning feltroller

Fuser cover

Heat and pressure are applied to the transfer paper which has been separated from the drum, and the

toner image is fixed there. The transfer paper which has completed the fixing process exits onto the

receiving tray through the paper exit unit.

The fuser unit comprises the heater lamp, heat roller, pressure roller, separation claws, scraper, cleaning

felt roller, thermistor, thermostat, etc. The paper exit unit consists of exit rollers, discharge brush, etc..

Heat roller cleaning blade

Heater lamp

Separation claw

Upper exit roller

Pressure spring

Lower exit roller

Exit paper guidePressure roller

Scraper

Entrance paper guide

Thermistor

Thermostat

Page 147: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

12.2 Description of Operations(1) Fuser unit

Heat and pressure are applied to the paper which has been separated from the drum and trans-

ported into the fuser unit and the toner image is fixed there. Steady pressure is applied always to the

upper and lower rollers by springs and they are rotated by the main motor. (The upper roller (heat

roller) has a heater lamp, but it does not rotate.)

The paper which has been fixed is smoothly removed from the heat roller by the use of the separation

claws.

The detection unit monitors the heat roller temperature using a thermistor, and when the temperature

becomes abnormally high, the power supply to the heater lamp is stopped by a thermostat.

(2) Paper-exit unit

The upper and lower exit rollers rotate using the gear drive from the fuser unit.

The paper which has completed the fixing process exits smoothly onto the receiving tray through the

upper and lower exit rollers.

12.3 Functions of Each Part(1) Heater lamp

This halogen lamp is located inside the heat roller, applying heat to the heat roller. The heater lamp is

secured as it is while the heat roller rotates.

(2) Heat roller

This roller is made of aluminum whose heat conductivity is relatively good, and has heat applied by

the heater lamp. Steady pressure is applied to both the heat and pressure rollers (mentioned later).

Fixing is performed by the transfer paper to be passed through between the two rollers as above so

that the toner image faces the heat roller. The toner is fused by the heat roller, the heat conductivity

rate is increased by the pressure roller, causing the toner to permeate the paper fiber. However,

during this process, a problem may occur. That is, because the toner is fixed by contacting with the

heat roller, the toner may adhere to the roller (called “offset phenomenon”). Therefore, for easier

removal of the toner from the heat roller, a Teflon coating has been applied on the surface of the heat

roller.

(3) Pressure roller

This is made of rubber for smooth application of pressure to the heat roller. The pressure roller has

pressure applied always by springs.

(4) Separation claws/Scraper

By the use of the separation claws/scraper, the paper which has been fixed to the both heat and

pressure rollers is smoothly removed.

Page 148: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 3 2060, 2860/70 FUSER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(5) Cleaning felt roller

This cleans the toner remaining on the drum at fixing process. The cleaning felt roller is located so

that it can come in contact with the heat roller. The silicon oil soaked in the pressure roller is evapo-

rated by the heat roller, causing it to adhere to the surface of the heat roller. As a result, the cleaning

of the toner on the heat roller can be smoothly performed.

(6) Thermistor-1

Surface temperature of the heat roller should be maintained within a fixed range, (actually, around

200 °C), i.e. higher than the minimum temperature at which improper fixing may occur, lower than the

maximum temperature at which “baking” may occur. The thermistor detects the surface temperature

of the heat roller. If the temperature is lower than the standard temperature, it turns on the heater

lamp, if higher to turns it off.

(7) Thermistor-2

Temperature distribution in axis of the heat roller may differ greatly on its center and ends by condi-

tions. The thermistor-2 detects temperature of the heat roller end.

When either thermistor-1 or -2 detects the temperature over the specifieds, heater lamp is turned off

by their thermal controls.

(8) Thermostat

When the surface temperature of the heat roller becomes excessively high due to thermistor failure,

etc., the thermostat stops the power supply to the heater lamp.

As the thermostat used in this copier is a type which protects against abnormal operation, when it

detects an abnormal operation, it is set to stay OFF. Therefore, during repair, this should be replaced

together with other damaged parts in the fuser unit.

(9) Exit rollers

Through the exit rollers, the paper removed by the separation claws or scraper exits smoothly onto

the receiving tray via the ADU exit roller.

Page 149: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

12.4 Heater Control Circuit12.4.1 Temperature detection unit

To maintain the heat roller temperature, this unit detects the heat-roller temperature by thermistor-1, and

then performs heater lamp ON/OFF control.

The thermistor is an electrical element whose resistance decreases as its detected temperature in-

creases. If the thermistor is open-circuited, the control circuit erroneously determines that the fuser tem-

perature is extremely low and continues to energize the heater lamp. As a result, the fuser temperature

rises abnormally high, possibly activating the thermostat provided for safety purposes. The CPU works to

detect the breakage of the thermistor and prevents the condition mentioned above.

The following abnormalities are detected:

(1) Abnormal detection during warming up

Maximum 25 sec. after the power has been turned on, if the thermistor-1 output voltage does not

exceed 0.078 V, CALL SERVICE (C41) is displayed.

(2) Abnormal detection during stand-by/copying (Thermistor-1)

If the thermistor-1 output voltage decreases to and remains at 0.078 V or lower for 260 msec. or

more, CALL SERVICE (C43) is displayed.

(3) Abnormal detection during stand-by/copying (Thermistor-2)

If the thermistor-2 output voltage decreases to and remains at 0.192 V or lower for 260 msec. or

more, CALL SERVICE (C45) is displayed.

(4) C40 error counter control

• For improved fuser-unit safety, the CPU works as follows: After the C41 error occurs two times in

succession, even when the power is turned on, the heater will not come on and the C41 error will be

immediately displayed.

• However, with “1” or less stored in the C40 counter, if the copier becomes ready correctly, the C40

counter clears to “0”.

• After CALL SERVICE (C41 – C45) has occurred and the thermistor, heater lamp, etc. have been

repaired (or replaced), if turning on the power switch does not cause the heater to energize resulting

in a C40 error, check the C40 counter (08-code 89) and reset it to “0”.

Page 150: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 5 2060, 2860/70 FUSER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

Surface temperature of heat roller: 200°C (Thermistor resistance value: about 3.2 kΩ)

Reference

1. A value other than 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 is never written in the C40 counter.

• At the power on, if the heater does not turn on and the copier goes into the C40 CALL SERVICE,check the C40 counter if it is 2 or more. If it is 2 or more, be sure to check the thermistor and heaterlamp, and after repair, reset the C40 counter (08-code 89) to 0 and then turn on the power switch.

• If the value of the C40 counter is more than 10 (11, for example), it may be possible that BC-RAM orthe data in it have been destroyed by charger leaking, etc. In this case, check the guide bias, high-voltage transformers, charger wires, etc. for any defects. Also, all the data inside BC-RAM need to be

rechecked.2. Relationship between the output voltage and the fusing temperature.

• 200°C corresponds to approx. 2.5V and 0.078 V corresponds to approx. 40°C.

3. Relationship between heat roller surface temperature and thermistor-1 resistance.

Temperature Thermistor resistance Heater lamp state

Less than 200°C More than 3.2 KΩ ON

200°C 3.2KΩ Maintains previous status

More than 200°C Less than 3.2 KΩ OFF

Copying (200°C)

Heat rollertemperaturedistribution

Heater lampON

OFF OFF OF

F

ON ON ON ON

Warm-up Standby (200°C)°C

200

OFF OFF

4. Temperature control at heat roller endsDuring multicopying, the temperature at each end (no paper-contact area) of the heat roller normally tends

to rise higher that the controlled temperature of the paper-contact area. Therefore, the circuit is so devisedthat if the temperature in the no paper-contact area rises to 245°C, the second thermistor detects this,causing the heater to be turned off immediately regardless of the temperature in the paper-contact area.

ON OF

F

Page 151: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

12.4.2 Detection of thermistor burnout

* Since thermistor burnout detection circuits of the thermistor-1 and -2 are common, it is explained

with the thermistor-1.

R136

+5

R86

R81

C34

R66

HTRTH-

IC12

PC0/AN0

Mainprocessor

Thermistor-1

• The input voltage is obtained by voltage divid-

ing R136, thermistor, R86 and R81.

• The surface temperature of the heat roller

changes.

→ The thermistor resistance value changes

→ The input voltage also changes

• The main processor detects an abnormality

thermistor broken

12.4.3 Control for abnormal heater condition

When something abnormal occurs in the heater turn-on circuit, such as a shorted triac, it may become

incapable of ON/OFF control. In this case, the microcomputer detects abnormal temperatures through

the first and second thermistors, determines the corresponding error codes and counter values, and

causes the main power to switch off to protect the fuser unit.

(1) Temperature detection

The following abnormal temperatures are detected by the respective thermistors:

First thermistor: 230°C

Second thermistor: 270°C

(2) Error codes

“C44”: Displayed when keys C/S + 8 are pressed simultaneously at the time of Call

Service.

Counter value “9”: Displayed when you input “89” in the AD (0 + 8) mode.

(3) Machine condition

After deenergizing all outputs (heater lamp, exposure lamp, control-panel displays, motors, etc.), the

microcomputer causes the main power to switch off.

(4) Corrective action

After the error code and counter value in (2) have been determined, abnormal temperature detection

in (1) continues. So, if the main switch is turned on immediately, it will be turned off again as long as

the temperature on the heater surface remains above the abnormal detection temperatures of

thermistors. Thereafter, this will be repeated. So, after waiting for the heater surface temperature to

drop, turn on the main switch and you can check the counter value before the main switch is turned

off again. After confirming that an abnormal heater condition has occurred, repair the problem and

then clear code 89 of the AD (0 + 8) mode with “0”. After that, you can bring the copier into its

normal operating condition.

Page 152: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 7 2060, 2860/70 FUSER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

12.5 Disassembly and Replacement12.5.1 Fuser unit

(1) Remove the used toner box, door switch cover

and the fuser cover (2 screws each).

(3) Remove the 1 screw which secures the fuser

unit.

Note: Use the original hole (round) when secur-

ing it again.

(2) Remove the 3 connectors on the rear side.

Fuser cover

Connectors

Page 153: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(4) Slide the entire unit to the front side, unhook

the stud from the copier frame, and remove it

while lifting it up.

12.5.2 Heater lamp

(1) Remove the fuser unit.

(2) Remove the lamp terminal fixing screws (2

screws).

(3) Remove the lamp holder bracket at the front

side (1 screw).

1

2

Heater lamp holder bracket

[Front side]

Lamp terminal fixing screw

Page 154: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 9 2060, 2860/70 FUSER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(4) Remove the lamp holder bracket on the rear

side (2 screws).

Lamp holder bracket

[Rear side]

Heater lamp

(5) Pull the heater lamp out towards the rear side.

Notes: 1. Do not touch the heater lamp surface di-

rectly with your hands.

2. Set the TOSHIBA mark facing the front

side.

12.5.3 Heat roller

(1) Remove the heater lamp.

(2) Remove the separation claw unit (2 screws).

Separation clawunit

Separationclaw unit

Rear side

Page 155: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(3) Remove the upper stay of the fuser unit (2

screws).

(4) Remove the cleaning felt roller lifting up.

(5) Remove the upper frame (4 screws).

(6) Remove the bracket fixing the thermistor and

thermostat (1 screw).

Note: Be careful not to deform the root of the

thermistor harness when removing the

bracket.

[Rear side]

(7) Remove the C-ring at the front and rear side,

and the gear at the rear side. C-ring

[Front side]

C-ringBearing(8) Remove the ball bearing from the frame.

Gear

Upper frame

Bearing Bracket

Page 156: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 11 2060, 2860/70 FUSER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(9) Slide the heat roller to the front side and pull it

off from the rear side frame, then take out the

heat roller toward the exit side.

Note: Be careful not to damage the heat roller sur-

face by knocking it against the bracket, etc.

12.5.4 Pressure roller

(1) Remove the fuser unit.

(2) Remove the heat roller.

(3) Remove the exit roller (stop-ring).

Heat roller

Exit roller

Stop-ring

(4) Take off the entrance paper guide by unscrew-

ing the two screws.

(5) Remove the exit paper guide hook.Entrance paper guide

Pressure roller

Exit paper guide

Page 157: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

(6) Lift up the pressure roller holding both ends,

and take the pressure roller out with its bear-

ings.

Note: When installing the pressure roller, make

sure the bearing grooves on both front and

rear are set in the pressure levers.

Pressure roller

Bearing

12.5.5 Cleaning felt roller

(1) Remove the upper stay (2 screws).

(2) Remove the cleaning felt roller by lifting the

roller.

Note: When installing the cleaning felt roller, make

sure the color of pressure springs (front side:

golden, rear: silver).

Pressure lever

Bearing

Upper stay

Cleaning felt roller

Page 158: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 13 2060, 2860/70 FUSER

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

12.5.6 Heat roller cleaning blade

(1) Remove the bracket (upper plate).

(2) Remove the heat roller cleaning blade by tak-

ing out the two screws.

Note: When installing the heat roller cleaning

blade, use the original hole (round) of the

blade.

12.5.7 Separation claw units

(1) Remove the separation claw cover (3 screws).

(2) There are 6 separation claws in all. For each

claw, remove the spring, then remove the claw.

Note: Check that the edges (tips) of the claws are

not chipped.

Separation claw unit

Separation claw

Heat roller cleaning blade

Spring

Installation hole

Page 159: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SkipReturn

3560/70 S/M

12.5.8 Thermistor and thermostat

(1) Remove the cleaning roller bracket.

(2) Remove the 2 thermistors (1 screw each).

• Be careful not to deform the root of the

thermistor harness.

(3) Unscrew 2 screws and take off the thermostat

from the holder.

Note: When installing, make sure the thermistor

and thermostat both contact the heat roller

surface evenly.

12.5.9 Lower exit roller

(1) Remove the fuser unit.

(2) Remove the stop-ring.

Note: Attach the stop-ring as shown in the figure

below.

Stop-ringLower exit rollerHandle

Stop-ring

Thermistors

Thermostat

Page 160: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 1 2060, 2860/70 ADU

13. Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) MD-500213.1 Specifications

Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Type: Unit type

Function: Feeding for duplex copying

Paper sizes: 50 sheets stackable: A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, Folio (for Europe)

Ledger, Legal, Letter, Computer, Statement

(for U.S.A. and Canada)

Type of paper: Toshiba-recommended paper 64~80 g/m2 (17~22 lb) (sheets of

paper)

Max. number of copies 1~50 sheetsin multicopying:

Dimensions: W598 x D620 x H110 mm

Weight: Approx. 10 kg

Power Source: Supplied from the copier

Page 161: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.2 Names of Various Components13.2.1 Front-side view

Gate cover

Idle rollersPaper guide (U)

Jam lever

Motor cover

Ground plate spring

Front cover

Tray

Gate arm

Gate solenoid PC board

Side guidesEnd guide

End switch

Page 162: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 3 2060, 2860/70 ADU

Side motor

End motor

13.2.2 Rear-side view

Open guide (U)

Open guide (L) Transport rollers

Drawer connector

Page 163: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.2.3 Feed-side section

Stack/feed roller(Main)

Pick-up roller

Feed clutch (Z28)

ADU motor

Side switch

Stack rollerStack clutch (Z40)

Separation rollerEmpty switch

Jam switch

13.2.4 Copier’s exit-side section

Exit rollerGate

Transport roller

Stack/feed roller (Sub)

Page 164: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 5 2060, 2860/70 ADU

13.2.5 Sectional view

6

7 4 5 2 3 1AM

AT

AL AP

9 9 AK AN AO8

1 ADU motor

2 Side guide

3 Side motor

4 End guide

5 End motor

6 EXIT/ADU selection gate

7 Gate solenoid

8 Open guide

9 Transport roller

AT Stacking section

AK Jam switch

AL Empty switch

AM Tray

AN Pickup roller

AO Stack/feed roller

AP Separation roller

[Front side]

Page 165: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.3 Description of ADU Operation13.3.1 Paper stacking operation

When the ADU (duplex copying) mode is selected and the PRINT key is pressed on the copier’s control

panel, the ADU motor starts rotating, and the side guides and the end guide in the stacking section are

moved to the positions corresponding to the selected size of paper by their respective motors. Then, the

stack clutch comes on, the transport roller rotates and the EXIT/ADU selection gate is switched in the

direction of the stacking section by the gate solenoid.

The copy paper which has exited from the copier is sent into the ADU’s open guide by the EXIT/ADU

selection gate. This paper is further carried by transport rollers into the stacking section, where the paper

is stacked face up. This operation is repeated until the specified number of sheets are stacked.

At the start of the stacking operation, the side guides are set with a 5 mm gap relative to each side of the

paper, and each time 5 sheets are stacked consecutively during stacking, the side guides perform a

paper aligning operation.

A jam switch is provided to have paper jams in the open guide detected. The empty switch is to detect

whether or not paper is present in the stacking section.

13.3.2 Duplex copying

After the paper stacking operation, when a second original is set and the PRINT key is pressed, the ADU

motor starts rotating, causing the elevator arm to rotate. This will cause the tray positioned under the

stacked sheets of paper to rise, making the sheets come into contact with the rotating pick-up roller and

sending the topmost sheet out. The separation roller rotates with the feed roller. At this time, if two or

more sheets are sent out, the separation roller stops rotating, causing the lower sheet(s) to stop its

movement.

The sheet of paper thus sent out is carried by the copier’s upper transport roller to the copier’s aligning

roller and aligned. The sheet is then copied on the side not copied previously. The sheet copied on both

its sides passes through the copier’s exit roller and over the EXIT/ADU selection gate which is already

positioned in the direction of existing, further passing through the exit roller to exit finally into the receiv-

ing tray.

Page 166: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 7 2060, 2860/70 ADU

13.4 Drive System13.4.1 Driving of the EXIT/ADU gate

When the gate solenoid is turned on, the arm

rotates and pushes up the lever, causing the

gate to open. The copied sheet is then trans-

ported to the ADU’s stacking section. When

the gate solenoid is turned off, the arm is

pulled back to its original position by a spring,

causing the gate to close, and the copied

sheet will exit. Gate

Lever

Arm

Gate solenoid

Arm

Gate solenoid

Spring

Page 167: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.4.2 Driving of the stack guides

(1) Side guides

End motor

Side motor

The side motor rotates corresponding to the size of paper selected, causing the side guides to move

to the positions specified. In addition, each time five sheets are stacked, the side motor performs

paper aligning by moving the side guides to the right and left.

(2) End guide

The end motor rotates corresponding to the size of paper selected, causing the end guide to move to

the position specified.

Side guides End guide

Page 168: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 9 2060, 2860/70 ADU

13.4.3 Driving of the ADU pick-up roller, ADU feed roller and ADU transport rollers

Transport rollers

Z57/Z28

• When the ADU motor rotates in the direction of the arrow A and stack clutch (Z40) energizes, the

transport rollers are rotated and the ADU stack/feed roller is rotated in the direction of the arrow B (in

the stacking direction).

• When the ADU motor rotates (arrow A) and the feed clutch (Z28) energizes, the pick-up roller and

the ADU stack/feed roller are rotated in the feeding direction (arrow C).

At this time, the transport rollers do not rotate since a one-way clutch is contained inside of the gear

(Z16) on the transport roller shaft.

ADU motor

P24

P24

Z24P24

P24

Feed clutch (Z28)

Stack clutch (Z40)

Z40/Z20

P36

ADU pick-up rollerADU stack/feed roller

P24

A

CB

Z16 (with one-way clutch)

One way clutch

Page 169: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.5 Disassembling and ReassemblingVarious Parts

13.5.1 Removing the ADU covers

[A] Motor cover and gate cover

(1) Remove one screw fastening each cover.

[B] Lower cover

(1) Place the ADU upside down.

(2) Remove the 7 screws fastening the cover.

Motor cover

Gate cover

Page 170: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 11 2060, 2860/70 ADU

13.5.2 Transport system

[A] ADU vertical transport roller, exit roller and

EXIT/ADU selection gate

(1) Open the front cover and clamshell. To remove

the ADU exit unit, open the unit and remove

the screw of the unit’s pivot bracket located at

the rear. Remove the bracket.

(3) Take out two screws from the ADU exit unit and

remove the vertical transport guide unit.

(2) Lift the rear side of the unit and pull out the

pivot.

Page 171: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

(4) To take out the vertical transport roller, remove

the stop-ring and bushing at the front, and the

gear and bushing at the rear.

[B] Transport rollers 1, 2 and 3

(1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing

its two screws.

(5) To take out the EXIT/ADU selection gate and

exit roller, remove the stop-ring and bushing at

the front, and the gear and bushing at the rear,

from the exit roller of ADU exit unit whose ver-

tical transport guide unit has already been ex-

tracted.

Stop-ring

Bush

Bush

Gear

Bush

Stop-ring Exit roller

Bush

Gear

Upper paper guide

EXIT/ADU selection gate

Vertical transportroller

Page 172: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 13 2060, 2860/70 ADU

(3) To remove the open guide units (upper and

lower), remove the stop-ring (front and rear, 1

each) and the snap pin (rear), push the units

toward the rear to have the front stud disen-

gaged, and then take out the units toward the

front.

Rear side

Front side

Open guide unit(upper and lower)

(2) Remove the stop-ring securing the open guide

stopper.

Take out the open guide stopper from the open

guide (lower) while pushing it toward the rear.

Open guide stopperOpen guide (lower)

Stop-ring

Rear side

Stud

Stop-ringOpen guide unit(upper and lower)Rear side

Front side

Page 173: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

[B-1] Removing the transport roller 1

(1) Remove the open guide unit (lower), and two

stop-rings, guide roller, gear, pulley, pin and

bushing at the front.

(2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear.

(3) Remove the timing belt, bring the transport roller

1 near to the front and then take it out toward

the rear.

Transport roller 1 Open guide unit (lower)

Transport roller 3

Transport roller 2

Timing belt

Gear Pulley

BushStop-ring

Guide roller

Stop-ring

Transport roller 1, front side

Stop-ring

Bush

Roller shaft

Transport roller 1, 2, 3, rear side

Pin

Page 174: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 15 2060, 2860/70 ADU

[B-2] Removing the transport roller 2

(1) Remove the open guide unit (lower), and the

stop-ring, two pulleys, two pins and bushing at

the front.

(2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear.

(3) Remove the timing belt, bring the transport

roller 2 near to the front and then take it out

toward the rear.

[B-3] Removing the transport roller 3

(1) Remove the open guide unit (lower), and the

stop-ring, pulley, pin and bushing at the front.

(2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear.

(3) Remove the timing belt, bring the transport roller

3 near to the front and then take it out toward

the rear.

[C] ADU pick-up roller(1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing

two screws.Take out the open guide stopper from the openguide after removing one stop-ring.

(2) Take out the open guide unit (upper and lower)by removing two stop-rings and one snap pin.

(3) Remove the stacker from the pick-up rollershaft.

(4) Remove the stop-ring on each end of the ADUpick-up roller shaft and the gear at the front,and push the bushing to the inside.

(5) Remove the four pick-up roller guides from thepick-up roller shaft by pushing them down-ward, and lift the rear end of the shaft.

Timing belt

Pin Bush

Pulley

PulleyStop-ring

Timing belt

Pin

Transport roller 2, front side

Transport roller 3, front side

Timing belt

Stop-ring

Pin

Pulley Bush

Roller shaft

Pick-up roller guide

Stop-ring

Gear

Stacker

Bush

ADU pick-up rollerStop-ring

Page 175: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

(6) Remove the bushing from the rear end of the

pick-up roller shaft and the stop-ring at the rear

of the pick-up roller. Then, take the pick-up roller

out toward the rear.

Pick-up roller

Bush

Stop-ring

ADU stack/feed roller

(3) Remove the stop-ring on each end of the ADU

stack/feed roller shaft, and push the bushing

toward the inside.

(4) Remove the four pick-up roller guides from the

pick-up roller shaft by pushing them downward.

Then, lift the rear end of the shaft.

[D] ADU stack/feed rollers (Main and sub)

(1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing

two screws.

Take out the open guide stopper from the open

guide (lower) after removing one stop-ring.

(2) Remove the open guide units (upper and lower)

by removing two stop-rings and one snap-ring.

ADU stack/feed roller (main)

Stop-ring

Stop-ring

ADU stack/feedroller (sub)

ADU stack/feedroller (sub)

Pick-up roller guide

Page 176: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 17 2060, 2860/70 ADU

ADU stack/feed roller

Stop-ring

Bush

ADU separation roller

(5) Remove the bushing from the rear end of the

stack/feed roller shaft, and the stop-ring and

pick-up roller guide at the rear.

(6) After removing the front stop-ring, move the

roller and the entire guide toward the front and

remove the pin.

(7) From the rear, take out the sub-stack/feed roller,

pick-up roller guide, pin and main stack/feed

roller, pick-up roller guide, pin and sub-stack/

feed roller in this order.

Stop-ring

Pick-up roller guide

Pin Stack/feed roller (sub)

Stack/feed roller (main)

Bush

[E] ADU separation roller

(1) Remove the two screws of the ADU separation

roller.

Page 177: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

(2) Take out the unit toward the feed side.

(3) Remove the stop-ring, pull out the shaft, and

take out the separation roller.

13.5.3 Drive system

[A] ADU motor

(1) Remove the upper paper guide by unscrewing

two screws.

Take out the open guide stopper from the open

guide (lower) after removing one stop-ring.

(2) Take out the open guide unit (upper and lower)

by removing two stop-rings and one snap pin.

(3) Remove the motor cover by unscrewing a

screw.

Separation roller unit

Separation roller

ShaftStop-ring

Open guide unit(upper andlower)

Paper guide (upper)

Motor cover

Page 178: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 19 2060, 2860/70 ADU

(4) Remove the spring on the rear.

Spring

ADU feed unit

(5) Move the side guides toward the center. Take

out the ADU feed unit by unscrewing four

screws.

ADU motor

(6) Remove two screws and take out the ADU mo-

tor.

Side guides

Page 179: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

[B] Feed clutch and stack clutch

(1) Remove the ADU motor bracket from the ADU

feed unit by unscrewing four screws.

(2) Remove the switch bracket by unscrewing a

screw.

(3) Disconnect the connectors of the feed clutch

and stack clutch. Loosening two setscrews of

each of the feed and stack clutches, take them

out from their shafts.

(4) Align the end surface of the shaft and clutch,

then securely tighten the two setscrews at this

position when reassembling the feed and stack

clutches.

* Make a gap of approx. 0.5 mm between the

feed clutch and the gear, and also between

the stack clutch and the bush.

ADU motor bracket

Switch bracket

Setscrews

Feed clutch

Gap

Bush

Gear

Stack clutch

Align

Align

Gap

Page 180: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 21 2060, 2860/70 ADU

[C] Gate solenoid

(1) Remove the gate cover and motor cover by

unscrewing each screw.

(2) Disconnect the gate solenoid connector and

take out the gate unit by removing two screws.

Gate solenoid

End motorbracket

Timing belt

Timing beltSide motorbracket

[D] Side motor and end motor

(1) Place the ADU upside down.

(2) Remove the lower cover by unscrewing 7

screws.

(3) Unscrew two screws, take out the timing belt,

and remove the side motor bracket.

(4) The end motor can be removed by the same

procedure.

(3) Remove the gate solenoid by unscrewing two

screws.Arm

Gate solenoid

Spring

Page 181: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 22 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.5.4 Various switches

[A] Jam switch and empty switch

(1) Remove the ADU feed unit.

(2) Remove the switch bracket.

(3) Unlatch the claws of the switches.

(4) Disconnect the connector.

Switch bracket

Jam switch

Empty switch

Side motor

End motor

(5) Remove the side motor and the end motor from

their brackets by unscrewing two screws for

each.

(6) Fix the side motor bracket at the position of 21

± 0.5 mm from the case when reassembling.

Side motor bracket21±0.5

Page 182: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 23 2060, 2860/70 ADU

[C] End switch

(1) Remove the upper paper guide and the open

guide units (upper and lower).

(2) Place the ADU upside down and remove the

lower cover.

(3) Remove the rail guide.

Rail guide

(5) Unlatch the claws of the switch.

Side switch

ADU motor bracket

Side switch bracket

[B] Side switch

(1) Remove the ADU feed unit.

(2) Remove the ADU motor bracket.

(3) Disconnect the connector.

(4) Remove the guide switch bracket from the ADU

motor bracket by unscrewing a screw.

Page 183: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 24 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

(4) Disconnect the switch connector and unlatch

the claws of the switch.

End switch claws

End switch

Connector

Page 184: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 25 2060, 2860/70 ADU

13.6 Symbols and Functions of Electrical Parts13.6.1 Motors M

Symbol Abbreviation Function Remarks

DM1 ADU-MOT Drives paper transport rollers. Blushless motor

(ADU motor)

DM2 END-MOT Drives the end guide in the Pulse motor

(End motor) stack section.

DM3 SID-MOT Drives the side guides in the stack Pulse motor

(Side motor) section.

13.6.2 Solenoids

Symbol Abbreviation Function Remarks

STSOL Used to open and close the gate.

SOL1 (Gate solenoid)

13.6.3 Clutches

Symbol Abbreviation Function Remarks

CLT1 FEDCLT (Feed clutch) Used for paper re-feeding.

CLT2 STCLT (Stack clutch) Used for stacking operation.

13.6.4 Switches and sensors

Symbol Abbreviation Function Remarks

SA1 END-SW Detects the end guide position in Semiconductor sensor

(End switch) the stack section.

SA2 SID-SW Detects the side guide position in the Semiconductor sensor

(Side switch) stack section.

SA3 EMP-SW Detects when the ADU cassette runs Semiconductor sensor

(Empty switch) out of paper.

SA4 JAM-SW Detects the passage of paper through Semiconductor sensor

(Jam switch) the guide up to the stack section.

Page 185: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 26 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.7 Layout for Electrical Parts

END-SW

STSOL SOL1

SA1

END-MOT DM2

SID-MOT DM3

SID-SW SA2

ADU-MOT DM1

FEDCLT

STCLT

JAM-SW

EMP-SW

CLT1

CLT2

SA4

SA3

Drawer connector forconnecting with the copier

Front side

Rear side

Page 186: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 27 2060, 2860/70 ADU

13.8 Description of Operation13.8.1 General operation

(1) Initializing

When the power switch is turned on or when the front cover is opened/closed or when the ADU is

pulled out/pushed in, this operation is performed.

(2) Stacking operation

This is an operation in which sheets of paper fed from the cassette and copied on their surface (first

side) are sent into the ADU stack section and stacked there.

(3) Duplex copying

Sheets of paper which have been copied on their first sides are automatically sent into the copier and

copied on their reverse surface (second side).

(4) ADU paper feeding

This operation causes sheets of paper to be fed from the ADU into the copier.

13.8.2 Description of each operation

[A] Initializing

[A-1] Initializing when the power switch is turned on

(1) When the power switch is turned on, the end motor (END-MOT) DM2 rotates to move the end

guide in the stack section to its home position.

(2) The side motor (SID-MOT) DM3 rotates to move the side guides to their home position.

[A-2] Initializing when the copier’s front cover is opened/closed

(1) The operation in step (1) above is performed.

[A-3] Initializing when the ADU is pulled out/pushed in

(1) The end motor (END-MOT) DM2 rotates to move the end guide to its home position once,

then moves it to the position corresponding to the selected size of paper.

(2) The side motor (SID-MOT) DM3 rotates to move the side guides to their home position once,

then moves them to the position corresponding to the selected size of paper.

[B] Stacking operation

(1) When the PRINT key is pressed, the SID-MOT DM3 and END-MOT DM2 are rotated to

move the side and end guides to the position corresponding to the specified size of paper, and

the ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated clockwise to transport the paper. STSOL ( ) is en-

ergized to position the EXIT/ADU selection gate in the direction of stacking, and STCLT CLT2

is energized to rotate the ADU transport rollers in the direction of stacking.

(2) Jam detection inside the ADU is performed as follows:

JAM-SW SA4 is checked if it is turned on within a specified period of time after the copied

paper turned on the copier’s exit switch. The switch is also checked if it is turned off within a

specified period of time after the exit switch was turned off by the paper.

SOL 1

Page 187: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 28 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

SOL 1

SOL 1

SOL 1

(3) Each time five sheets of paper are stacked in the ADU, the side motor (SID-MOT) DM3 is

rotated to move the side guides so that the sheets stacked are aligned, then the side guides are

returned to their previous position.

(4) The above procedure (2)~(3) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made.

(5) After the final sheet is stacked in the ADU stack section, STSOL ( ), STCLT

CLT2 and ADU-MOT DM1 are turned off.

[C] Feeding from ADU

(1) When the PRINT key is pressed, the SID-MOT DM3 is rotated to move the side guides to

the specified size of paper and ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated clockwise and FEDCLT CLT1 is

turned on, causing the ADU feed roller and pick-up roller to rotate.

(2) Due to the operation in (1), the ADU tray is raised, causing the copy paper to come into contact

with the pick-up roller for paper feeding.

(3) A sheet of paper is fed out of the ADU and transported toward the copier’s aligning roller.

(4) When the sheet pushes the copier’s paper transport switch on, FEDCLT CLT1 is turned off,

causing the pick-up roller and feed roller to stop rotating.

(5) Then, the copier’s aligning roller starts rotating, and the copying process commences.

(6) The above procedure (2)~(5) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made. When

copies are finished, ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped rotation.

[D] Duplex copying

(1) When the first-side copying operation is started, ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated, and the side and

end guides are moved to the position of specified paper size by the SID-MOT DM3 and END-

MOT DM2 .

Additionally, the STSOL ( ) and the STCLT CLT2 are turned on in the same way as

the [B] Stacking operation.

(2) The first-side copied sheet is transported into the ADU from the copier exit switch and gate

sections, and then stacked through the JAM-SW SA4 .

The ADU inside jam symbol comes on when the JAM-SW SA4 is not turned on within a

specified time after the copier exit switch is turned on, or the JAM-SW is not turned off within a

specified time after the copier exit switch is turned off.

(3) Each time five sheets of paper are stacked, the stacked sheets are aligned by the side motor

SID-MOT DM3 moving the side guides.

(4) The above procedure (2)~(3) is repeated until the specified number of sheets are stacked.

(5) The final sheet is stacked in the ADU, and then STSOL ( ) and STCLT CLT2 are

turned off.

(6) When the RADF is not used, ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped once to turn over the original. After

turning over the original, ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated again to make a copy of the next original

in step 7 or later.

When the RADF is used, ADU-MOT DM1 is not stopped since the original is turned over

continuously.

Page 188: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 29 2060, 2860/70 ADU

(7) When the second-side copying is started, the side guides are moved by the SID-MOT DM3 to

the specified size position.

(8) When the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned on, the ADU paper feed tray is lifted up, and also the pickup

and feed rollers are driven, then one sheet of paper is separated and fed.

When the sheet reaches the copier’s transport switch, the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned off.

The ADU feed jam symbol comes on when the copier’s transport switch is not turned on within a

specified time after the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned on.

(9) The above step (8) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made. After copying has

been finished, ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped.

Meaning of signals

“L” LOW level “H”HIGH level

FEDCLT Paper feeding from ADU –

STCLT Paper stacking in ADU –

STSOL ADU stacking Normal paper existing

(Gate solenoid) Send paper into ADU

JAM-SW No paper on ADU stack path Paper on ADU stack path

(Jam switch)

EMP-SW No paper in ADU stack section Paper in ADU stack section

(Empty switch)

SID-SW – Side guide home position L: Off

(Side switch) (Photosensor shielded) H:On

END-SW – End guide home position L: Off

(End switch) (Photosensor shielded) H: On

RemarksSignal name

13.8.3 Meaning of signals

Page 189: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 30 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.8.4 Detection of abnormal status

When an abnormal condition is detected inside the ADU, a symbol corresponding to the condition is

shown on the copier’s control panel. The following kinds of abnormal status may be encountered:

(1) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared without pulling out/pushing in the ADU:

• Paper misfeeding which occurs while paper is being fed from the stack section.

(2) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared by pulling out/pushing in the ADU:

• Paper misfeeding in the paper stack section.

(3) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared only by turning off/on the copier’s power switch:

• When the side guides or end guide cannot be initialized to their correct positions.

[A] Paper misfeeding

(1)Paper misfeeding during duplex copying:

While paper is fed from the ADU, if the copier’s P-STP-SW is not turned on within about 1 sec.

after FEDCLT CLT1 was energized, it is judged that paper misfeeding has occurred during

ADU paper feeding, and a paper misfeed symbol is displayed. This condition can be cleared by

opening/closing the copier’s side cover.

(2)Paper misfeeding during paper stacking:

During paper stacking, if the ADU’s JAM-SW SA4 is not turned on within about 3 sec. after the

copier’s EXIT-SW was turned on/off, it is judged that paper misfeeding has occurred inside the

ADU. To clear this condition, pull out the ADU, remove the misfed sheet, then push in the ADU. (If

necessary, open/close the copier’s front cover.)

[B] Abnormal statuses at power on

(1)Paper remaining in the stack section at power on:

If a sheet of paper is left in the stack section when the power is turned on, a symbol indicating that

paper is still there is displayed on the copier’s control panel when the duplexing mode is selected.

This mode cannot be started until the paper is removed.

(2)Misfed paper remaining inside the ADU when the power is turned on:

If a misfed sheet of paper remains on the ADU’s paper path when the power is turned on, the ADU

misfeed symbol is shown. To clear this condition, pull out the ADU, remove the misfed sheet and

then push in the ADU. (If necessary, open/close the copier’s front cover.)

[C] “Serviceman Call” errors

(1)The paper side guides and end guide cannot be initialized :

During the initialization of the SID-MOT DM3 and END-MOT DM2 , if the respective home

switch positions are not detected, a message will be displayed indicating that the ADU cannot

function.

Page 190: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 31 2060, 2860/70 ADU

YES

NO

YES

NO

13.8.5 Flow charts

[A] General flow charts

(1) Duplex copying from single-sided originals

Print key ON

Paper fed fromthe cassette

Copying

Copy transportedinto the ADU

Change originals

Print key ON

1

1

Paper fed fromthe ADU

Copying

Copy exits fromthe machine

Final copy?

End

Required number of copies

made?

Page 191: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 32 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

(2) Duplex copying from single-sided originals through ADF

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

Print key ON?

Oddnumber oforiginals?

Original fed from theADF

1

Paper fed fromthe cassette

Copying

Copy exits from themachine

*

Next original fed fromthe ADF

Paper fed from thecassette

Copying

Copy transported tothe ADU

1

Next original fed fromthe ADF

Paper fed from theADU

Copying

Copy exits fromthe machine

Final original?

End

Requirednumber of copies

made?

Requirednumber of copies

made?

Requirednumber of copies

made?

Page 192: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 33 2060, 2860/70 ADU

(3) Duplex copying from two-sided originals

YES

NO

YES

NO

Print key ON

Copying

Paper fed fromthe cassette

Turn over the original

Print key ON

Paper fed from theADU

Copying

Copy exits fromthe machine

Copy transported intothe ADU

Requirednumber of copies

made?

Final copy?

End

Put the original

Page 193: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 34 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

(4) Duplex copying from two-sided originals through RADF

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

NO

Print key ON

1

Original fed fromthe RADF

Original reversed

Paper fed from thecassette

Copying

1

Original reversed

Paper fed from theADU

Copying

Copy exiting fromthe machine

Final originals?

End

Requirednumber of copies

made?

Required number of copies

made?

Copy transportedinto the ADU

Page 194: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 35 2060, 2860/70 ADU

(5) Duplex copying from two-page originals

YES

YES

NO

NO

Print key ON

Paper fed from thecassette

Left-side pagecopying

Paper fed from theADU

Right-side pagecopying

Copy exits from themachine

Final copy?

End

Requirednumber of copies

made?

Copy transportedinto the ADU

Page 195: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 36 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

(6) Duplex copying from book originals

YES

YES

NO

NO

Print key ON

Paper fed fromthe cassette

Left-side pagecopying

Copy exits fromthe machine

1st page

Right-side pagecopying

Copy transported intothe ADU

Paper fed from thecassette

Turn over to thenext page

12

Right-side pageLeft-side page

Print key ON

Requirednumber of copies

made?

Requirednumber of copies

made?

Page 196: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 37 2060, 2860/70 ADU

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

YESYES

NO

NO

NO

NO

1

Final page?

Print key ON

Print key ON

Print key ON

Left-side page

Right-side page

Paper fed from theADU

Left-side pagecopying

Copy exits from themachine

Final copy?

2

Paper fed from theADU

Left-side pagecopying

Copy exits from themachine

Final copy?

Paper fed from thecassette

Right-side pagecopying

Requirednumber of copies

made?

3

Paper fed from theADU

Left-side pagecopying

Copy exits from themachine

Final copy?

End

3

Paper fed from theADU

Copy exits from themachine

Final copy

End

Copy transportedinto the ADU

Page 197: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 38 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

[B] Control flow charts

(1) Stacking operation

STSOLON

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

NO

NO

NO

SA4

DM1

CLT2

SOL1

SOL1

YES

NO

CLT2

DM1

SA4

Stacking operation

End guide moves to theposition matching the papersize.

Side guides move to thepaper size width +5 mmposition.

ADU-MOTrotates CW

STCLTON

JAM-SW

ON?

3 sec. elapsedafter copier’s EXIT-SW was

turned ON?

ADU jam

Standby

JAM-SWOFF?

2.5 sec. elapsedafter copier’s EXIT-SW was

turned OFF?

ADU jam

Align/5 sheetstacked?

Side guides move to thepaper size width +1 mmposition. (Aligning)

Side guides move back tothe paper size width +5 mmposition

Final copy?

STSOL

OFF

OFF

ADU-MOT stops

STCLT

Page 198: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 39 2060, 2860/70 ADU

(2) Duplex copying operation

Duplex copying

ADU jam2 1

stops

YES

YES

NO

NO

DM1

CLT1

CLT1

FEDCLT

ADU-MOT

ON

ON

CopierPSTP-SW

ON?

FEDCLT

1.1 sec elapsed afterFEDCLT wasturned on?

Page 199: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 40 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

YES

YES

YES

NO

NO

DM1

Final copy?

Has thefinal copy exited

into the copytray?

ADU-MOT

Standby

stops

12

Page 200: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 ©

TOS

HIB

A13 - 41

2060, 2860/70 AD

U

13.8.6 Timing charts

(A) Timing for ADU stacking (A4 size, feeding from copier’s two cassettes)

Copier side

ADU side

0.00

0.72

0.1

1.00

1.78

1.78

1.0

1.68

2.00

2.16

2.72

2.82

3.00

3.34

4.00

4.48

5.00

5.66

6.00

6.46

7.00

7.96

7.96

7.96

6.71

8.00 9.00 10.00 11.00 12.00

PSTPCU(Paper stop switch)

PSTPC0(Paper stop switch)

RGT-CLT(Aligning roller)

EXIT-SW(Exit switch)

ADU-MOT(ADU motor)

STSOL(Gate solenoid)

STCLT(Stack clutch)

EMP-SW(ADU empty switch)

JAM-SW(Jam detection sensor)

Page 201: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 AD

U13 - 42

Dec. 1996 ©

TOS

HIB

A

(B) Timing for ADU re-feeding (A4 size, single-sheet stacking)

Copier side

ADU side

0.00

0.1

0.71

0.670.17

0.94

0.66

1.00

1.74

1.28

2.00

2.43

2.91

2.29

3.00 4.00

4.07

5.00 6.00 7.00

7.96

8.00 9.00 10.00 11.00 12.00

PSTPCU(Paper stop switch)

PSTPC0(Paper stop switch)

RGT-CLT(Aligning roller)

EXIT-SW(Exit switch)

ADU-MOT(ADU motor)

STSOL(Gate solenoid)

STCLT(Stack clutch)

EMP-SW(ADU empty switch)

FEDCLT(Feed clutch)

Page 202: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 ©

TOS

HIB

A13 - 43

2060, 2860/70 AD

U

13.8.7 Harness connection diagram

Page 203: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 44 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.8.8 Circuit diagrams (1/2)

[R]

[R]

[R]

[C]

[C]

[R]

[R]

[R]

[C]

[C]

F

12

A B

54

36

78

C D E

78

16

54

23

DBA

C E F

[R][R]

[R]

[R]

[R]

[C]

[C]

[VCC]

[VCC]

[GND]

[GND]

[GND]

[GND]CLAMP

CLAMP

[I62308S]

[VCC]

[VCC]

[GND]

[GND]

[GND]

[GND]CLAMP

CLAMP

[I62308S]

[VCC]

[VCC]

[GND]

[GND]

[GND]

[GND]CLAMP

CLAMP

[I62308S]

VDD

R124.7K 12

4.7K R102 1

4.7K R112 1

0.1/12

C5

1 20.1/50

C4

1 2

GND

VDD

R24.7K 12

R44.7K 12

4.7K R32 1

2B4

0.1/50

C8

1 2C9

0.1/1221

GND

12

VDD

2E4

4.7K R52 1

VDD

R74.7K 12

4.7K R62 1

R84.7K 12

4.7K R92 1

2E4

2A8

GND

C7

0.1/1221

C6 0.1/50

21

IC3

9

107

152

16

3

146

11 8 4 5

12

131

2E4

2E4

2E4

IC2

9

107

152

16

3

14611 8 4 512131

2A8

2A8

2A8

2D8

2C8

2C8

2B8

2B8

2B8

2E4

2F4

2F4

2B4

2B4

IC1

1

1312548

116

143

16 2

157109

2B4

+5VSW

+5VSW

ENDMB

24V

24V

DG

DG

DG

STSOLAD

FDCLTAD

SIDMA

SIDMC

SIDMD

SIDMB

SIDM-A

ENDMC

ENDMD

ENDMA

DG

24V

ENDM-A

DG

STCLTAD

DG

ENDM-C

ENDM-B

ENDM-D

+5VSW

STSOL-AD

STCLT-AD

FDCLT-AD

SIDM-C

SIDM-B

SIDM-D

Page 204: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 45 2060, 2860/70 ADU

Circuit diagrams (2/2)

[CN4]

[CN2]

[CN10]

[CN14]

TO LGC

PJAM1SW

PEMPSW

SIDSW

AD-CNT

ENDSW

[CN9]

[CN13]

F

12

AA

B

54

36

78 8

C D E

71

65

42

3

DB C E F

TO ACC

TO LGC

END-MOT

SID-MOT

ADU-NOT

FED-CLT

STK-CLT

GATE-SOL

[CEP]

[CEP]

[R]

[CEP]

[CN6]

[CN6]

1E4

1E4

1D4

J416

53052-4V

321 4

J414

53052-2V

21

J402

17548710V

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101

J410

53052-14V

14

11121 98765432

10

13

1D4

1B4

VDD

J405

175487-9V

87654321 9

J401

17548713V

1211102 3 4 5 6 7 8 91

13

22

1B8

1B8

1B8

1B4

1B4

1B4

GND

GND

VDD VDD

1D1

1D1

1E1

1E1

1B1

1B1

1B1

1B1

1B5

1B5

1B5

GND

GND

22/16

C1

1 2

VDD

47/50

C3

1 2

1/2W10K

R12 1

22/16

C2

1 2

53324-6

J413

1 2 3 4 5 6

53324-6

J418

1 2 3 4 5 6

SIDM-A

SIDM-C

SIDM-B

SIDM-D

PJAM1AD

PEMPAD

SIDSW

24V

DG

ENDMC

ENDMB

ENDMD

SIDMC

STSOLAD

24V

ENDMA

SIDMD

24V

FDCLTAD

STCLTAD

SIDMB

+5VSW

24V

SIDMA

MOTON-AD

ENDM-B

ENDM-A

ENDM-C

ENDM-D

STSOL-AD

STCLT-AD

FDCLT-AD

MOTBK-AD

PLLOK-AD

Page 205: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 46 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

13.8.9 PC board assembly

Page 206: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 1 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

14. ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM14.1 Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 1/13

IC19

/AN7

/AN6

/AN5

/AN4

/AN3

/AN2

/AN1

/LCAS3

/REFOUT3

/TOB

/P20

/P21

/P22

/P23

/P24

/P25

/P26

/P27

/P17

/P16

/P15

/P14

/P13

/P12

/P11

/TO7

WR

RD

/HWR

/BUSAK

/R/W

/CS0

/CS2

/RAS1

/WE1

/LCAS1

/TOA

/REFOUT1

/WE1

/RAS3/CS3

/WE3

/PG00

/PG13

/PG12

/PG11

/PG10

/PG03

/PG02

/PG01

/BS

/INT3

/INT2

/INT1

/INT0

/NMI2

RESET

WDTOUT

/TXD0

/TI0

/TI6

/TO5

/TI4

/TO3

/TI2

/TO1

/SCLK1

/CTS1

/RXD1

/TXD1

/RXD0

/SCLK0

/CTS0

/TI8

/TI9

/TIA

/TIB

/TO8

/TO9

/INT6

/INT7

/INT5

/INT4

VREFH

VREFL

DAREFL

DAREFH

AM8

X2

X1

CLK

NMI

EA

AVCC

AVSS

95C063F

PE7

PE6

PE5

PE4

PE3

PE2

PE1

PE0

PD4

PD3

PD2

PD1

PD0

PC7

PC6

PC5

PC4

PC3

PC2

PC1

PC0

PB7

PB6

PB5

PB4 PB3

PB2

PB1

PB0

PA7

PA6

PA5

PA4

PA3

PA2

PA0

P97

P96

P95

P94

P93

P92

P91

P90

P87

P86

P85

P84

P83

P82

P81

P80

P77

P76

P75

P74

P73

P72

P71

P70

P67

P66

P65

P64

P63

P62

P61

P60

P57

P56

P55

P54

P53

P52

DVSS6

DVSS5

DVSS4

DVSS3

DVSS2

DVSS1

DVCC5

DVCC4

DVCC3

DVCC2

DVCC1

D15

D14

D13

D12

D11

D10

D9

D8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

A23

A22

A21

A20

A19

A18

A17

A16

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10 A9

A8

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

A0

DAOUT0

DAOUT1

PA1

/SCOUT

/WAIT

/16

/UCAS3

/UW3 /CAS3

/WE3 /UCAS1

/UW1

/LW1 /CAS1

/CS1

/BUSRQ

/P10

/LW3

/INT8

/AN0

72

73

41

42

141

142 21

35

39

38

36

23

40

144

143

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

140

139

138

137

136

135

134

133

13

12

11

10

9 8 7 6 22

21

20

19

17

16

14

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

47

46

45

44

43

34

33

32

56

55

54

53

52

51

50

49

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

118 92

74

57

37 5

132

108 83

48

18

91

90

89

88

87

86

85

84

82

81

80

79

78

77

76

75

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

3415

11C8

3B1

12A8

12A8

12A8

11D6

VDD 11B8

8C8

2E6

2E7

6B2

13C8

13D8

A17

A16

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

A9

A8

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A18

A[0:18]

11C6

11C6

11C6

IC41

HC14M

13

12

MMOT-BRK

PMOT-REF

DFTXD

MREQ-DF

MMOT-OFF

MACK-DF

TMOT-ON

DCM-D

UARTINT0

ERS-ON

*3

RST-SW

DFREQ

TXRDY2

*6

RGCLT-CO

ZCINT

WDTEN

EXP-ON

DFACK

HTRDY

SREQ

HTRTH-

APS0

APS1

LNS-B

TYPE-M

*4

SSR-SW

*6

*2

SCN-A

SCN-B

SCN-C

SCN-D

WDTOUT

MRR-D

+5VSWMRR-C

MRR-B

E-FAN

B-FAN

MRR-A

LNS-D

LNS-C

STXD

MACK-S

MREQ-S

DCM-B

DCM-A

DCM-C

TFULSW

DEVSW

S-CNT

DF-CNT

CS2

RD

WR

[RD]

[WR]

FANCHG0

SACK

OPTFAN2A

CS1

CS0

*2

*3

CRG1SW

ATSIN

*3

DRMTH

*2

APS2

*4

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

D8

D9

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

D15

D14

D13

D12

D11

D10

D9

D8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

D[0:15]

*2

*2

MMOT-REF

PDWNCHK

DFRXD

SRXD

*3

G/A-WR

RESET

[CS2]

[CS1]

[CS0]

[G/A-WR]

[RESET]

AESIN

*7

TXRDY0

UARTINT1

UARTINT2

[PMOT-REF]

[DCM-D]

[UARTINT0]

[RST-SW]

[RGCLT-CO]

[ZCINT]

[DFACK]

[SCN-A]

[SCN-B]

[SCN-C]

[SCN-D]

[DCM-B]

[DCM-A]

[DCM-C]

[TFULSW]

[DEVSW]

[S-CNT]

[DF-CNT]

[SACK]

[OPTFAN2A]

[UARTINT1]

[UARTINT2]

24VCHK

HTRTH2-

LNS-A

[A[0:18]]

[TXRDY2]

[WDTEN]

[EXP-ON]

[LNS-B]

[MRR-D]

[MRR-C]

[MRR-B]

[E-FAN]

[B-FAN]

[MRR-A]

[LNS-D]

[LNS-C]

[FANCHG0]

[D[0:15]]

[HTRTH2-]

[LNS-A]

HTRDY2

[DFREQ]

[HTRDY]

[SREQ]

[HTRTH-]

[WDTOUT]

[CRG1SW]

[MMOT-REF]

[PDWNCHK]

[DFRXD]

[SRXD]

[TXRDY0]

[HTRDY2]

MMOT-DIR

[MMOT-BRK]

[DFTXD]

[MREQ-DF]

[MMOT-OFF]

[MACK-DF]

[TMOT-ON]

[ERS-ON]

[SSR-SW]

[STXD]

[MACK-S]

[MREQ-S]

[MMOT-DIR]

13C5

IC36HC132M

123

4700

RR4

RR5S

1 23

45

IC14

7407M 8

9

VDD

IC23

7407M 6

5IC14

7407M

13

12

1/10W4700

R109

RTP2

1

GND

IC14

7407M 6

5

IC14

7407M 2

1

IC38

7407M 10

11

R205

1/10W820RTP

12

IC41

HC14M

98

IC14

7407M

11

10

VDD

8E8

1/10W22K

R148

RTP2

1

1/10W22K

R183

RTP2

1

R153

1/10W22KRTP

12

1/10W22K

R181

RTP2

1R19

1/10W22KRTP

12

1/10W22K

R26

RTP2

1R161

1/10W22KRTP

12

2A6

2A5

R75

1/10W4700

RTP1

21/10W4700

R188

RTP

21

R159

1/10W4700

RTP

12

8E8

R50

1/10W22K RTP

12

1/10W22K

R23

RTP2

1

VDD

VDD

R13

1/10W4700

RTP

12

CC0.1/25

C38

C

1 2

C73CC1000P/50

C21

C67

CC1000P/50

C21

GND

2E8

6D2

VDD

1/10W1M

R80

RTP2

1

GND

1/10W22K

R49

RTP2

1

Q10

RN2401

4700

4700

1

2 3

IC38

7407M 8

9

IC38

7407M 12

13

IC14

7407M 4

312C8

12C8

12C8

12D8

12D8

12D8

10A1

10C1

12A3

12D8

9E2

12C8

12D8

11D3

12C8

11C6

7D8

R431/10W22KF

RTP1 2

11B6

12C8

11C6

7E8

12D8

12C8

12D8

2E8

2E8

R121

1/10W4700

RTP

12

VDD

VDD

R48

1/10W22K RTP

12

1/10W4700

R206

RTP2

1

1/10W4700

R193

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R152

RTP2

1

1/10W4700

R191

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R20

RTP2

1

1/10W4700

R25

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R160

RTP2

1

2A5

12E5

9D6

9D6

9D6

9D6

10A5

10B5

10B5

10B5

10C5

9D2

C44

CC0.1/25

C21

C43

CC0.1/25

C

1 2

C52

CC0.1/25

C21

C37

CC0.1/25

C

1 2

C46

CC0.1/25

C21

C45

CC0.1/25

C

1 2

VDD

GND

CC2200P/50

C68

C

1 2

C63

CC1000P/50

C21

02CZ5.1YD10

3 2

VDD

1/10W22K

R154

RTP2

1

1/10W22K

R16

RTP2

1

CC1000P/50C78

C21

CC0.1/25

C22 C21

R44

1/10W22K

RTP 12

R45

1/10W22K

RTP 12

1/10W22KR56

RTP2 1

C33

CC0.1/25

C

1 2

C23

CC0.1/25

C

1 2

D11

02CZ5.1Y

23

GND 8E2

12A3

1/10W4700

R24

RTP

21

1/10W4700

R40

RTP

21R41

1/10W4700

RTP1

21/10W4700

R42

RTP

21

VDD

7C1

2E7

9C2

9C2

9D2

6B2

9A6

9B6

9B6

9B6

9C6

9C6

9C6

9C6

1/10W22K

R180

RTP2

1

R182

1/10W22K

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R163

RTP2

1

1/10W4700

R149

RTP2

1

1/10W4700

R192

RTP2

11/10W4700

R190

RTP

12

VDD 7C1

2E8

6D2

13E8

2E8

6D2

13E8

R132

1/10W4700

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R120

RTP2

1R77

1/10W4700

RTP

12

CC2200P/50

C42

C21

R70

1/10W4700

RTP

12

R46

[APS0]

[APS1]

[TYPE-M]

[ATSIN]

[DRMTH]

[APS2]

[AESIN]

[24VCHK]

1/10W4700

RTP

12

20MXW

X1

13

2

2A6

2A4

C82

CC3300P/50

C21

GND

1/10W22K

R66

RTP2

1

RR10 4700

RR9S

7 9862

1

3 4 5

4700RR11

RR9S

543

1

2 6 8 97

R62

1/10W22K

RTP

12

8D1

12A3

D14

1SS184

321

C49

CC0.1/25

C

1 2

CC0.1/25

C85

C2

1

1/10W4700

R187

RTP2

1

R212 1/10W4700

RTP

12

IC41

HC14M

11

10

1/10W470K

R213

RTP2

1

R591/10W33KF

RTP1 2

VDD

131

F

E

F

C

D

32 4 5 61 7 8

E

D

C

8763 4 5

B

A

21

B

A

Page 207: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 2/13

ENABLE

ERROR

A3DTCT

1/10W1M

R108

RTP

12

R107

1/10W470

RTP2

1

CC2200P/50

C41

C21

GARST

CS1

GND

X2

8MW04

2

3111B3

1/10W4700

R103

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R36

RTP

12

R91

1/10W22K

RTP

12

VDD

R78

1/10W4700

RTP2

1JP1

12

EXP-ONI

EXP-ON

CS13

TXRDY0

CS12

PCDSR

PCCTS

PCTXD

PFTXD

PCRXD

SMRXD

LECLK

DSPCLK

LEDAT

DSON0

EXPPWM

PFREQ

DACLK

CSRAM0

PSTPR

PFACK

PCRTS

PCDTR

DSPLTH

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A2

A1

A0

A[0:3],A[9:14]

[A[0:3],A[9:14]]

A17

A16

LNSSW

RSTRT

EXTSW

MRRSW

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

D[0:7]

[D[0:7]]

DSP6

DSP5

DSP4

DSP3

DSP2

DSP1

DSP0

DSP1

DSP2

DSP6

DSP7

DSP5

DSP4

DSP3

DSP0

DSP[0:7]

DSP7

[DSP6]

[DSP5]

[DSP4]

[DSP3]

[DSP2]

[DSP1]

[DSP0]

[DSP7]

HVT-PRE

HVT-AC

DALTH

RMS6

CTR-ON

PFRXD

RETK7

RETK6

RETK5

RETK4

RETK0

RETK1

RETK2

RETK3

PLTNSW

APSF

OPT-FAN1

OPT-FAN0

MACK-SM

MREQ-SM

MACK-PF

MREQ-PF

RMS7

HVT-M

HVT-DC

[HVT-PRE]

[HVT-AC]

[CTR-ON]

[MACK-PF]

[MREQ-PF]

[HVT-M]

[HVT-DC]

RMS3

RMS0

LCDE

LCDRS

RMS4

RMS2

RMS5

RMS1

FANCHG1

CTR-CNT

CS0

WR

G/A-WR

RD

[GARST]

[CS1]

[CS0]

[WR]

[G/A-WR]

[RD]

WRRAM

LELTH

DADAT

DSON1

DSPDAT

UARTINT1

SMTXD

STCLTAD

FDCLTAD

[EXP-ONI]

[EXP-ON]

[FDCLTAD]

FDCLT-AD

SMREQ

UARTINT2

UARTINT0

ZMDTCT

[ERROR]

[A3DTCT]

[RSTRT]

[RMS6]

[OPT-FAN1]

[OPT-FAN0]

[MACK-SM]

[MREQ-SM]

[RMS7]

[RMS3]

[RMS0]

[LCDE]

[LCDRS]

[RMS4]

[RMS2]

[RMS5]

[RMS1]

[FANCHG1]

[ZMDTCT]

APST

PSTPCO

SORT-SW

[ENABLE]

[RETK7]

[RETK6]

[RETK5]

[RETK4]

[RETK0]

[RETK1]

[RETK2]

[RETK3]

[CTR-CNT]

[PSTPCO]

[SORT-SW]

MPLL-OK

APSC

APSR

SM-CNT

SMACK

PC-CNT

[PSTPR]

[PFACK]

[LNSSW]

[EXTSW]

[MRRSW]

[PLTNSW]

[APSF]

[APST]

[MPLL-OK]

[APSC]

[APSR]

[SM-CNT]

[SMACK]

[PC-CNT]

CS11

[CS13]

[CS12]

[CS11]DSP-7

DSP-7

DSP-6

DSP-5

DSP-4

DSP-3

DSP-2

DSP-1

DSP-0

DSP-[0:7]

DSP-6

DSP-5

DSP-4

DSP-3

DSP-1

DSP-0

DSP-2

TXRDY2

[TXRDY0]

[PCDSR]

[PCCTS]

[PCTXD]

[PFTXD]

[PCRXD]

[SMRXD]

[LECLK]

[DSPCLK]

[LEDAT]

[DSON0]

[EXPPWM]

[PFREQ]

[DACLK]

[CSRAM0]

[PCRTS]

[PCDTR]

[DSPLTH]

[DALTH]

[PFRXD]

[WRRAM]

[LELTH]

[DADAT]

[DSON1]

[DSPDAT]

[UARTINT1]

[SMTXD]

[SMREQ]

[UARTINT2]

[UARTINT0]

[TXRDY2]

13A8

GND

1F3

1F3

13B3

3D8

3D8

R118

1/10W22K

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R131

RTP2

1

13E8

GND

1A2

13D5

13D5

13D5

13C5

13C5

13C5

13C5

13C5

3B1

3B1

9B2

9E2

9E2

9E2

9E2

3C1

11B3

11B3

VDD

IC8

7407M

34

R104

1/10W4700

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R128

RTP2

1

R129

1/10W4700

RTP

12

1/10W22K

R117

RTP2

1

1/10W22K

R140

RTP2

1

IC10

7407M 6

5

IC29

7407M

12

IC29

7407M 8

9

IC10

7407M 8

9

IC10

7407M 10

11

IC10

7407M 12

13

GND

R84

1/10W470

RTP

12

VDD

1/10W4700

R12

RTP2

1

R106

1/10W4700

RTP

121/10W4700

R85

RTP

12

GND

VDD

VDD

VDD

R391/10W4700RTP2 1

VDD

13A8

13A8

IC8

7407M 2

1

1/10W22K

R47

RTP2

1

IC32

7407M

11

10

1/10W470

R76

RTP

12

11B3

11B3

11B3

11B3

11B3

11B3

11B3

11B6

4700/22KRR1

RRS9

5 4 3689 7 2

1

12A3

12B8

11C6

13D6

13B8

13B8

13B8

1F3

1/10W4700

R119

RTP2

1

IC37

7407M 4

3

IC37

7407M 6

5

7D8

6D2

IC38

7407M 4

3

IC38

7407M 6

5

IC23

7407M 2

1

11B6

3E8

IC37

7407M

12

IC29

7407M

34

IC29

7407M

13

12

IC37

7407M

11

10

11C3

11C3

11C3

11C3

11C3

11C3

11C3

12B3

3A1

13A8

11A3

11A6

11C3

8A1

8A1

8A1

11C3

6D2

R93

1/10W4700

RTP

121/10W4700

R92

RTP2

1R130

1/10W4700

RTP

12

3A1

3E8

3D8

IC38

7407M 2

1

IC8

7407M

98

13E6

13B8

13E6

13D6

13A8

11B8

11B8

9A2

9A2

9A2

RR54700/22K

RRS9 1

279 8 6 345

4700/22KRR6

RRS9

5 4 3689 7 2

1

RR34700/22K

RRS9 1

279 8 6 345

RR24700/22K

RRS9 1

279 8 6 345

VDD

1/10W22K

R133

RTP2

1

6B2

R35

1/10W22K

RTP

12

1E5

1A7

1E5

1A6

13E6

13E6

13D6

11A6

IC23

7407M 12

13

11A6

11C3

IC29

7407M

11

10

11C3

IC29

7407M

56

11C3

3E8

11B3

R74

1/10W470

RTP2

1

1A2

1A2

1E5

6D2

13B8

13B8

IC32

7407M

13

12

13B8

IC8

7407M 12

13

IC9

HC244WM

1Y0

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

2Y0

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

OE1

OE2

1A0

1A1

1A2

1A3

2A0

2A1

2A2

2A3

18

16

14

12

9753

1

192468

11

13

15

17

1A1 1A5

IC37

7407M

89

IC18

C2XB

GND_PIN=176,182,191,202

GND_PIN=155,156,159,162

GND_PIN=131,139,144,149

GND_PIN=105,106,112,121

GND_PIN=26,37,44,51

GND_PIN=1,2,7,12,17

VDD_PIN=183,198,208

VDD_PIN=104,130,157

VDD_PIN=27,53,67,78

DECOA

ENB

MULTA

DECOB

Y0B

Y1B

Y2B

Y3B

TXD2

RXD2

DSR2

DTR2

CTS2

RTS2

UARTINT2

RXRD2

TXRD1

RXRD1

TXD1

RXD1

RTS1

DSR1

DTR1

CTS1

UARTINT1

CTS0

TXRD0

RXRD0

TXD0

RXD0

DSR0

RTS0

DTR0

UARTINT0

TO1

DSPLTH

DSPDAT

DSON1

DSON0

DALTH

DADAT

LELTH

LEDAT

CSIPC0

CSIPC1

CSRAM1

CSRAM0

WRRAM

PWM

SCK

X2

UTEST2

UTEST0

UTEST1

TEST2

TE01

RW

RST

EN0

O01

O02

O03

O04

O05

O06

O07

O10

O11

O12

O13

O14

O15

O16

O17

O20

O21

O22

O23

O24

O25

O26

O27

O30

O31

O32

O33

O34

O35

O36

O37

TXRD2

WR

RD

X1

IO17

IO16

IO15

IO14

IO13

IO12

IO11

IO10

IO07

IO06

IO05

IO04

IO03

IO02

IO01

IO00

IN32

IN31

IN30

IN27

IN26

IN25

IN24

IN23

IN22

IN21

IN20

IN17

IN16

IN15

IN14

IN13

IN12

IN11

IN10

IN07

IN06

IN05

IN04

IN03

IN02

IN01

IN00

DT7

DT6

DT5

DT4

DT3

DT2

DT1

DT0

ADRS14

ADRS13

ADRS12

ADRS11

ADRS10

ADRS9

ADRS2

ADRS1

ADRS0

IN33

O00

X2O

X1I

CSI0

MULTY

MULTD1

MULTD0

INVO

INVI

GND_PIN=52,57,79,88,97

18

20

29

19

21

22

23

24

72

95

93

73

94

74

77

76

41

42

38

82

40

80

39

81

43

69

34

35

31

70

68

33

32

36

190

181

184

180

179

186

187

177

178

100

101

99

98

188

189

185

16096

71

83

111

136

138

201

137

85

86

87

89

90

91

92

107

108

109

110

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

132

133

134

135

75

199

200

16116

15

14

13

11

10 9 8 6 5 4 3

206

205

204

203

197

196

195

194

193

192

166

165

164

163

154

153

152

151

150 65

64

63

62

61

60

59

58

50

49

48

47

148

147

146

145

143

142

141

140

175

174

173

172

171

170

169

168

16766

84

55

56

10230

28

25

46

45

IC8

7407M

11

10

IC23

7407M 10

11

13E8

1/10W1M

R134

RTP

12

R79

1/10W470

RTP2

1

1A2

7B1

1/10W470

R54

RTP2

1

1/10W100

R189

RTP2

1

GND

12A8

12B8

11C8

12B81/10W4700

R32

RTP

12

GND

IC8

7407M

56

1/10W4700

R37

RTP2

1

R33

1/10W4700

RTP

12

1/10W22K

R34

RTP2

1

R1051/10W470

RTP

12

R38

1/10W22K

RTP

12

132

F

E

F

C

D

32 4 5 61 7 8

E

D

C

8763 4 5

B

A

21

B

A

Page 208: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 3 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 3/13

IC33

[SKT]

P30/RXD

RST

EA

P37/WAIT

NMI

P34/CTS

P36/WR

X2

P82/INT2

P81/INT1

P80/INT0

P55/AN5

P54/AN4

P53/AN3

P31/RXD

P33/TXD

P83/TO34

P35/RD

P73/M13

P72/M12

P71/M11

P70/M10

P60/M00

P61/M01

P62/M02

P63/M03

P04/D4

P05/D5

P06/D6

P07/D7

P00/D0

P01/D1

P02/D2

P03/D3

P40/A16

P41/A17

P42/A18

P43/A19

P24/A12

P25/A13

P26/A14

P27/A15

P20/A8

P21/A9

P22/A10

P23/A11

P14/A4

P15/A5

P16/A6

P17/A7

P10/A0

P11/A1

P12/A2

P13/A3

P32/TXD

CK

P50/AN0

P51/AN1

P52/AN2

AGND

VREF

X1

91C640N

33

1

2

5

4

3

23

58

38

37

36

35

42

41

40

39

46

45

44

43

50

49

48

47

54

53

52

51

27

26

25

24

31

30

29

28

12

11

10

9

13

14

15

16

61

20

59

57

6

7

8

17

18

19

34

62

60

21

63

55

22

56

[CLK-B]

12MX3

2

31

1/10W4700

R202

RTP

12

R124

1/10W4700

RTP2

1

VDD

MREQ-PF

4C2

13B3

R174

1/10W4700

RTP

12

1/10W470

R158RTP 21

4700RR7

RR9S

67895

1

432

[STCLT-AD]

1/10W4700

R168RTP12

VDD

5D8

GND

VDD

7D8

2B3

2B3

5B8

IC35

7407M9 8

IC35

7407M5 6

IC35

7407M3 4

[DRV-[0:7]]DRV-7

DRV-6

DRV-4

DRV-3

DRV-2

DRV-1

DRV-0

DRV-5

GND

CC2200P/50C75C2

1

GND

R185 1/10W4700RTP 21

RSTRT

IC35

7407M13 12

[STSOL-AD]

[CLK-D]

[SCSW-D]

R167 1/10W4700RTP 21

7E81A3

2E7

13B3

13B3

[SCSW-B]

[SCSW-A]

13B55A1

13B5

13B5

5F1

5F1

AD-CNT

R125 1/10W22KRTP 21

SIZE3

SIZE0

SIZE1

SIZE2

SIZE[0:3]

MACK-PF

2F4

PFCRST

2E4

2A6

2B3

2F3

2A6

4B2

4D2

13A5

13A3

13A3

13A3

13B3

13B3

13B3

13B3

13B3

133

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

4A2

13A5

[CLK-C]

PSTPCO

IC23

7407M9 8

PFTXD

13A3 1/10W22KR196RTP1 2

R175

1/10W1M

RTP2

1

24VCHK

[MREQ-PF]

[RSTRT]

[AD-CNT]

[SIZE[0:3]]

[MACK-PF]

[PFCRST]

[PSTPCO]

[PFTXD]

[24VCHK]

1/10W4700

R170RTP12

[SCSW-E]

[SCSW-C]

1/10W470

R157RTP 21

IC35

7407M11 10

IC10

7407M3 4

VDD

IC35

7407M1 2 [ENDM-A]

[ENDM-B]

[ENDM-C]

[ENDM-D]

IC32

7407M1 2 [SIDM-A]IC32

7407M3 4 [SIDM-B]IC32

7407M5 6 [SIDM-C]IC32

7407M9 8 [SIDM-D]

*2

R169

1/10W4700

RTP2 1

*3

IC27HC138M

C

B

A

EN2B

EN2A

EN1

Y7

Y6

Y5

Y4

Y3

Y2

Y1

Y0 15

14

13

12

11

10

9

7

6

4

5

1

2

3

IC37

7407M1213 13B3

RETS1

RETS2

RETS3

RETS4

RETS5

RETS7

RETS6

RETS0

RETS[0:7][RETS[0:7]]

GND

VDD

2E7

1/10W4700

R173

RTP2

1R172

1/10W4700

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R171

RTP2

1R166

1/10W4700

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R165

RTP2

1

R184

1/10W4700

RTP

12

1/10W4700

R164

RTP2

1

[PFREQ]

[PSTPR]

[PFRXD]

[PFACK]

[STCLTAD]

[FDCLTAD]

[CLK-A]

VDD

VDD

2A6

[AMOT-OFF]

[AMOT-BRK]

[RGCLT-CU]

CLK-B

STCLT-AD

DRV-[0:7]

STSOL-AD

CLK-D

SCSW-D

SCSW-B

SCSW-A

CLK-C

SCSW-E

SCSW-C

ENDM-A

ENDM-B

ENDM-C

ENDM-D

SIDM-A

SIDM-B

SIDM-C

SIDM-D

PFREQ

PSTPR

PFRXD

PFACK

STCLTAD

FDCLTAD

CLK-A

AMOT-OFF

AMOT-BRK

RGCLT-CU

IC23

7407M3 4

Page 209: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 4/13

(no mount)

GND

13C3

PFCRST

CLK-A

CLK-B

TRMLC-A

TRMLC-B

PCSOL-SF

FDMLC-A

DRV0

GND

IC25HC244WM

1Y0

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

2Y0

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

OE1

OE2

1A0

1A1

1A2

1A3

2A0

2A1

2A2

2A3

18

16

14

12

9

7

5

3

1

19

2

4

6

8

11

13

15

17

IC22HC273WM

Q7D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

CK

CLR

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

1918

17

14

13

8

7

4

3

11

1

16

15

12

9

6

5

2

IC20HC273WM

Q7D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

CK

CLR

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

1918

17

14

13

8

7

4

3

11

1

16

15

12

9

6

5

2

C1

CE10/50

1

2

CE10/50

C22

1

DG

C30

CC0.1/50

C

1

2

24V

CC0.1/50

C32C2

1

+5VSW

GND

IC128428KS

IN2

IN1

VCC

GND

OA0

OA12

1

7

4

5

3 TRMCLB

TRMCLA

DG

DG

IC138428KS

IN2

IN1

VCC

GND

OA0

OA1 3

5

4

7

1

2

TRMCUA

TRMCUB

C17

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

VDD

IC6GND0FIN

62308F

GND1

GND2

COM0

COM1

GND3

VDD0

VDD1

O1I1

I2

O0

O3

O2

I3

I0

GND0

GND1FIN18

4

3

14

10

15

2

11

6 7

8

1

13

16

9

12

5

17

FEDCLTCL

FEDCLTCU

RGTCLTCU

13A5

13A5

13A5

13A5

13A5

13A5

13A5

13A5

FDMLC-B

TRMCL-B

DRV7

DRV6

DRV5

DRV4

DRV3

DRV2

DRV1

[DRV0]

[DRV7]

[DRV6]

[DRV5]

[DRV4]

[DRV3]

[DRV2]

[DRV1]

1/10W470R155

RTP 21

3C8

12B5

12B5

12D5

12C5

12B5

12C5

12C5

134

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

3C8

7D8

3B8

TRMCU-A

TRMCU-B

TRMCL-A

24V

C14

CC0.1/50C

1

2

9D2

9D2

FDCLT-SF

DRV-[0:7]

DRV-5

DRV-4

DRV-3

DRV-0

DRV-1

DRV-2

DRV-6

DRV-7

DRV-7

DRV-6

DRV-5

DRV-4

DRV-3

DRV-2

DRV-1

DRV-0

DRV-7

DRV-6

DRV-5

DRV-4

DRV-3

DRV-2

DRV-1

DRV-0

13C3

13C3

13C3

13C3

R126 1/10W4700RTP1 2

LC-LED

[TRMLC-A]

[TRMLC-B]

[PCSOL-SF]

[FDMLC-A]

[TRMCLB]

[TRMCLA]

[TRMCUA]

[TRMCUB]

[FEDCLTCL]

[FEDCLTCU]

[RGTCLTCU]

[FDMLC-B]

[FDCLT-SF]

[LC-LED]

3C8 RGCLT-CU

[PFCRST]

[CLK-A]

[CLK-B]

[DRV-[0:7]]

[RGCLT-CU]

FDCLT-CU

FDCLT-CL

C54C

1

2

Page 210: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 5 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 5/13

1/10W470R150RTP 21

13B3 1/10W22KR195RTP 21

RETS[0:7]

RETS6

RETS5

RETS4

RETS3

RETS2

RETS0

RETS1

RETS7

IC26HC244WM

1Y0

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

2Y0

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

OE1

OE2

1A0

1A1

1A2

1A3

2A0

2A1

2A2

2A317

15

13

11

8

6

4

2

19

1

3

5

7

9

12

14

16

18

SCSW-B

SCSW-A

VDDVDD

VDD

SCSW-E

PEMPAD

PJAM1AD

SIZE-3

SIZE-2

SIZE-1

SIZE-0RR124700/22KRRS9

2 3 4

1

5 6 7 8 9

4700/22KRR13

RRS9

98765

1

432

IC16HC244WM

1Y0

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

2Y0

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

OE1

OE2

1A0

1A1

1A2

1A3

2A0

2A1

2A2

2A3

18

16

14

12

9

7

5

3

1

19

2

4

6

8

11

13

15

17

IC17HC244WM

1Y0

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

2Y0

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

OE1

OE2

1A0

1A1

1A2

1A3

2A0

2A1

2A2

2A3

18

16

14

12

9

7

5

3

1

19

2

4

6

8

11

13

15

17

RETS-7

4700/22KRR8RRS9

98765

1

432

12B5

13B5

13B5

13B5

13B5

3B1

13B5

13B5

13B5

13B5

13C5

13C5

13C5

13C5

PEMPCL

135

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F3C8

3C8

12B3

12B5

12A5

13C3

13C3

13C3

13C3

12B5

12C5

12C5

13C3

13C3

11D3

12A5

12A5

12A5

12A5

12C5

12C5

12B5

12B5

3E1

VDD

1/10W4700R101RTP 21

R102 1/10W4700RTP1 2

R116 1/10W4700RTP1 2

1/10W4700R99RTP 21

1/10W4700R17RTP 21

R88 1/10W4700RTP1 2

R67 1/10W4700RTP1 2

1/10W4700R72RTP 21

R9 1/10W4700RTP1 2

1/10W4700R64RTP 21

1/10W4700R82RTP 21

R61 1/10W4700RTP1 2

1/10W22KR14RTP 21

R89 1/10W22KRTP1 2

1/10W22KR90RTP 21

1/10W22KR115RTP 21

R100 1/10W22KRTP1 2

R18 1/10W22KRTP1 2

R98 1/10W22KRTP1 2

1/10W22KR60RTP 21

R65 1/10W22KRTP1 2

1/10W22KR10RTP 21

R71 1/10W22KRTP1 2

1/10W22KR68RTP 21

R83 1/10W22KRTP1 2

1/10W22KR87RTP 21

1/10W22KR144RTP 21

R127 1/10W22KRTP1 2

1/10W22KR147RTP 21

R143 1/10W22KRTP1 2

R145 1/10W4700RTP1 2

1/10W4700R138RTP 21

R146 1/10W4700RTP1 2

1/10W4700R139RTP 21

RR9 4700/22KRRS9

2 3 4

1

5 6 7 8 9

RETS-0

RETS-1

RETS-2

RETS-3

RETS-4

RETS-5

RETS-6

[SIZE-3]

[SIZE-2]

[SIZE-1]

[SIZE-0]

[RETS-7]

[RETS-0]

[RETS-1]

[RETS-2]

[RETS-3]

[RETS-4]

[RETS-5]

[RETS-6]

SIZE[0:3]

[RETS[0:7]]

[SIZE[0:3]]

SIZE0

SIZE1

SIZE2

SIZE3

SFBSW

LC-KEY

LC-CNT

TUPCL

SIZCU0

SIZCU1

SIZCU2

SIZCU3

SIZCL0

SIZCL1

SIZCL2

SIZCL3

VDD VDD

VDD

R210 1/10W4700RTP1 2

1/10W4700R209RTP 21

1/10W4700R208RTP 21

R198 1/10W22KRTP1 2

1/10W22KR200RTP 21

R199 1/10W22KRTP1 2

ENDSW13A3

13A3

13A3

13A3

3B8

IC31HC244WM

1Y0

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

2Y0

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

OE1

OE2

1A0

1A1

1A2

1A3

2A0

2A1

2A2

2A3

18

16

14

12

9

7

5

3

1

19

2

4

6

8

11

13

15

17

R151 1/10W470RTP1 2

1/10W470R73RTP 21

R8

1/10W4700RTP1 2

1/10W4700R114RTP 21

SIDSW R201 1/10W22KRTP1 2

1/10W4700R211RTP 21

R194 1/10W4700RTP1 2

APLL-OK

R156 1/10W470RTP1 2

R69 1/10W470RTP1 2

PSTPCL

PEMPCU

TUPCU

UCOVDOR

PEMPLC

TUPLC

TDWNLC

LCDOR

PSTPCU

[SCSW-B]

[SCSW-A]

[SCSW-E]

[PEMPAD]

[PJAM1AD]

[PEMPCL]

[SFBSW]

[LC-KEY]

[LC-CNT]

[TUPCL]

[SIZCU0]

[SIZCU1]

[SIZCU2]

[SIZCU3]

[SIZCL0]

[SIZCL1]

[SIZCL2]

[SIZCL3]

[ENDSW]

[SIDSW]

[APLL-OK]

[PSTPCL]

[PEMPCU]

[TUPCU]

[UCOVDOR]

[PEMPLC]

[TUPLC]

[TDWNLC]

[LCDOR]

[PSTPCU]

Page 211: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 6/13

[SKT]

IC2427C4002100F1

Q9

VPP

A0

A10A9

A4A5A6A7A8

A3A2A1

A11A12A13A14A15A16 Q14

Q15

Q13Q12

Q10Q11

Q8

OECE

A17

Q0

Q3Q2

Q4Q5

Q7Q6

Q1 18

1312

1415

1716

19

39

220

10

78

65

3438

3736353433

222324

2928272625

3132

21

1

9

WRCS11

RD

A12

A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11

A14A13A12A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18

A[0:18]

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D7

D6D5D4D3D2D1D0

D[0:15]

D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8D7D6D5

D0D1D2D3D4

D0

WRRAMCSRAM0

1A71E51A62A72A7

VDD

1A2

13E813D82F11A1

136

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

CS2

[WR][CS11]

[RD]

[A[0:18]]

[D[0:15]]

[WRRAM][CSRAM0]

[CS2]

2B4

IC3971256S20Y

CSWE

A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13

I/O5I/O4I/O3I/O2I/O1I/O0

I/O6I/O7A14

A0A1A2

OE

2027

7654325242123226

171615131211

18191

1098

22

[SKT]

IC30NC1NC2

A12A11

A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

DQ7DQ6DQ5DQ4DQ3DQ2

G

WE

A9A10

DQ1DQ0

48Z58Y70PC1

1112

2124

2027

22

131516171819

10987654325

232

261

Page 212: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 7 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 7/13

PFPRST

IC41

HC14M1 2

PFCRST

13B5

R178

1/10W330

RTP1 2

R176

1/10W330

RTP1 2

R177

1/10W330

RTP1 2

02CZ3.3XD9

32

GND

R301/10W4700

RTP 21

VDD

Q6

RN24014700

4700

3

2

1EXP-ONI

IC36

HC132M6

5

4

IC28

HC14M1213

IC28

HC14M1011

IC28

HC14M89

IC28

HC14M65

IC28

HC14M43

2E6

12E5

137

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

24VCHK [24VCHK]

ACOFF

R2071/10W4700

RTP 21

R1621/10W4700

RTP1 2

11B6

+5VSW

R1971/10W22K

RTP1 2

R204

1/10W4700

RTP

12

R2031/10W22K

RTP1 2

1SS184

D12

1

2 3

DSPRST

R1791/10W22K

RTP1 2 1E5

CE4.7/16C3

1

2

EXPON

R271/10W68

RTP 21 Q42SA1428Y

1

2

3

Q7

4700

RN140147001

3

2

GND 4B23C1

2E8

11C3

CC0.1/25C79

C2

1

GND

D13

1SS184

32

1

VDD3B1

24V

VDD

1A5

GND

1/10W3300

R31

RTP1 2

*3

WDTOUT

WDTEN

[EXP-ONI]

[ACOFF]

[WDTOUT]

[WDTEN]

1A6

1A2

RESET

IC28

HC14M21

PDWNCHK

IC36

HC132M

9

108

R15

1/10W330RTP1 2

IC10

7407M1 2

GARST

[PFPRST]

[PFCRST]

[DSPRST]

[EXPON]

[RESET]

[PDWNCHK]

[GARST]

Page 213: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 8/13

24V

1/10W4700FR135

RTP 21

1A5

HTRDY

HTRDY2 1A5

HTRTH2-

C55 CC0.1/25

C

1 2

1/10W3300FR122

RTP 21

1/10W1000FR110

RTP 21

C53

CC0.1/25 C2

1

12A31/10W4700F

R63

RTP 21

VDD

1A4ATSIN

11D3ATSVREF

12C3SCN-CHG

GND

DG

ATS-IN

R531/10W22K

RTP1 2

DACLK

DALTH

DADAT

IC4062353FP

CK

DO

AO4

AO3

DI

LD

AO6

AO8

AO7

AO5

AO1

AO2

VCC

VDD

GND

VSS1

16

8

9

2

15

5

7

10

6

12

14

3

4

11

13

HVMVREF

HVACVREF

HVTVREF

1/10W3900FR113

RTP1 2

138

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

R57

1/10W10K

RTP

12

CC0.1/50C28

C 2

1

24V

2A7

2A7

2A7

12C3

12D3

12C3

IC11

75358F

4

7

5

6

8

IC11

75358F

4

1

3

2

8

11D3

CC0.1/50C29

C 2

1

VDD

GND

CC0.1/25C81

C2

1

DG

12A3 HTRTH+

HTRTH-

GND

10B5

BIASVREF

[ATSIN]

[ATSVREF]

[SCN-CHG]

[HVMVREF]

[HVACVREF]

[HVTVREF]

[BIASVREF]

HTRVREF

1A5

VDDR136

1/10W4700FRTP1 2

HTRTH2+

[HTRTH2-]

[ATS-IN]

[DACLK]

[DALTH]

[DADAT]

[HTRTH+]

[HTRTH-]

[HTRTH2+]

R1231/10W10KF

RTP1 2

CC0.1/25

C47

C

1

2R96

1/10W1000FRTP1 2

R1121/10W3300F

RTP1 2

IC21

VCC

I0+

I1-

7522S

O1

O0B

O0AI0-

II+

GND

9

8

7

2

6

3

41

5

R971/10W1MF

RTP1 2 1/10W1000R186RTP 21

R94 1/10W1000RTP1 2

VDD

1A3

R811/10W3900F

RTP1 2

R861/10W4700F

RTP1 2CC0.1/25C34

C21

GND

IC36

HC132M

12

1311 SSR-

[HTRDY]

[HTRDY2]

[SSR-]12E5

R521/10W22K

RTP1 2

1/10W3300FR111

RTP 21

1/10W1500FR141

RTP 21

1/10W82KFR95

RTP 21

Page 214: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 9 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 9/13

24V

CTRON

1S1834D21

2

EXTFAN

R4

2W100

12

BTMFAN

[CTRON]

[EXTFAN][BTMFAN]

11C611B8

C11CC0.1/50C

1

2

GND

C16CC0.1/25 C

1

2

C19

CC0.1/50

C

1

2

CC0.1/50C12

C2

1

GND

CC0.1/25C15

C2

1

GND

C8CC0.1/25 C

1

2

CC0.1/50C10

C2

1

DG

CC0.1/50C7

C2

1

24V

DG

CC0.1/50C6

C2

1

24V

GND

CC0.1/25C69

C2

1

GND

C13CC0.1/25 C

1

2

GND

CC0.1/25C21

C2

1

GND

C18CC0.1/25 C

1

2

OPTFAN0

2W100

R6 21

2W100R7 21

IC1GND0FIN

62308F

GND1GND2

COM0COM1

GND3VDD0VDD1

O1I1I2

O0

O3O2

I3

I0

GND0GND1FIN

81

151072

141163

1312

18

5

17

4

169

OPT-FAN2OPTFAN2A

OPT-FAN1OPT-FAN0FANCHG1

[OPT-FAN1][OPT-FAN0][FANCHG1]

FANCHG0

OPTFAN1

[OPTFAN0][OPTFAN1]

FDCLT-SF FEDCLTSF

11D34A812C31F5

12C312D312C312C310E11F3

2B32B32B32B4

CTR-ON

E-FANB-FAN

[CTR-ON]

[E-FAN][B-FAN]

DCMDDCMCDCMBDCMA

[DCMD][DCMC][DCMB][DCMA]

DCM-DDCM-CDCM-BDCM-A

[DCM-D][DCM-C][DCM-B][DCM-A]

LNSDLNSCLNSBLNSA

[LNSD][LNSC][LNSB][LNSA]

MRRDMRRCMRRBMRRA

[MRRD][MRRC][MRRB][MRRA]

LNS-DLNS-CLNS-BLNS-A

[LNS-D][LNS-C][LNS-B][LNS-A]

MRR-DMRR-CMRR-BMRR-A

[MRR-D][MRR-C][MRR-B][MRR-A]

139

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

11E811D811D8

IC2GND0FIN

62308F

GND1GND2

COM0COM1

GND3VDD0VDD1

O1I1I2

O0

O3O2

I3

I0

GND0GND1FIN

17

512

916

1318

7611

2

1510

14

3

418

11B811B811B811B8

1A21A21A21A2

1A21A21A21A3

IC3GND0FIN

62308F

GND1GND2

COM0COM1

GND3VDD0VDD1

O1I1I2

O0

O3O2

I3

I0

GND0GND1FIN

17

512

916

1318

7611

2

1510

14

3

418

IC4GND0FIN

62308F

GND1GND2

COM0COM1

GND3VDD0VDD1

O1I1I2

O0

O3O2

I3

I0

GND0GND1FIN

17

512

916

1318

7611

2

1510

14

3

418

11A8

11A811A811A8

1F41F41F41F4

11D8

DG

DG

DG

+5VSW

13A811A3

11B611C6

2B3

1A11A2

1A1

DG

IC34GND

I7

O5O6

O0O1O2

O7

O4O3

I6I5I4I3I2I1I0

62385F

VDD10

1234567

1514

11

161718

1213

8

9

HVT-PREHVT-DCHVT-ACHVT-M

[OPTFAN2A]

[HVT-PRE][HVT-DC][HVT-AC][HVT-M]

HVTPREHVTDCHVTACHVTM

[OPT-FAN2]

[HVTPRE][HVTDC][HVTAC][HVTM]

RGCLT-CO RGTCLTCOPCSOL-SF

[FANCHG0]

[FDCLT-SF]

[RGCLT-CO][PCSOL-SF] PICSOLSF

[FEDCLTSF]

[RGTCLTCO][PICSOLSF]

4A8 11D3

DG

DG

+5VSW

VDD

2B22B22B2

IC5GND0FIN

62308F

GND1GND2

COM0COM1

GND3VDD0VDD1

O1I1I2

O0

O3O2

I3

I0

GND0GND1FIN

81

151072

141163

1312

18

5

17

4

169

IC7GND0FIN

62308F

GND1GND2

COM0COM1

GND3VDD0VDD1

O1I1I2

O0

O3O2

I3

I0

GND0GND1FIN

81

151072

141163

1312

18

5

17

4

169

2W100

R3 2

1

VDD

Page 215: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 10/13

1/10W100

R55

RTP1 2

1/10W680

R58

RTP1 2

OPT-FAN2

OPTFAN2 [OPTFAN2]

24VF

RST-SW

DG

SCN-D

CC0.1/25

C24 C

1

2

DG

VDD

11D6

9E4

+5VSW

TNRMOT

+5VSW

TMOT-ON

ERS-ON

[OPT-FAN2]

[TMOT-ON]

[ERS-ON]

1310

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

2SD1417Q3

2

3

1

1A8

11E8

Q9

RN24014700

4700

3

2

1

Q8

RN24014700

4700

1

2

3

R28

1/10W3300

RTP1 2

D3

1S1834

21

R29

1/10W1000

RTP1 2

11D3

1A8

1/10W3300

R22

RTP 21

Q22SD1417

1

3

2

R5

1/2W-2200

21

R21

1/10W1000

RTP1 2

DG

24V

ERSLP

[TNRMOT]

[ERSLP]

DG

D1

1S1834

21

2SA1428YQ1

3

2

1

R11 1/10W1000RTP1 2

R1

1/2W3300

1 2

DG

24V

11D8

11D8

11D8

11D8

1S1834

D42

1

D6

1S1834

12

GND

1S1834

D72

1

1S1834

D52

1

8A8

SCN-C

SCN-B

1F4

1F4

1F4

1F4

C20

CC0.1/25

C2

1

1/10W1000

R142RTP 21

R137

1/10W3300

RTP1 2

1F5 1S1834

D8

12

Q11

RN24014700

4700

3

2

1

Q52SD1417

1

3

2

+5VSW

12B3RSTSW

DGF

IC15

o

o

1T

6713BMK4

VREF1

ONB NB

NAONA

VCC2

A

PG

SG

B

VREF2

OA

OB

2T 10

14

13

11

6

5

4

2

1

15 3

716

9 8

SCN-A

SCN-CHG

[RST-SW]

[SCN-D]

[SCN-C]

[SCN-B]

[SCN-A]

[SCN-CHG]

SCNA

SCNC

SCNB

SCND

[RSTSW]

[SCNA]

[SCNC]

[SCNB]

[SCND]

1/10W6800R51RTP1 2

Page 216: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 11 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 11/13

24V

LRG

OPT-UNIT2

OPT-UNIT1

MAIN-MOTOR

FAN-MOTOR

SFB

DEV-UNIT

CONTROL-PANEL

ERSLP

DCMADCMCDCMBDCMDSCNC

SCNASCND

SCNB

2F3APSR

24V

AESIN

OPTFAN0

OPTFAN1

MRRSW

LNSSW

DRMTH

MRRAMRRBMRRCMRRD

LNSALNSBLNSCLNSD

[ERSLP]

[DCMA][DCMC][DCMB][DCMD][SCNC]

[SCNA][SCND]

[SCNB]

[APSR]

[AESIN]

[OPTFAN1]

[MRRSW]

[LNSSW]

[DRMTH]

[MRRA][MRRB][MRRC][MRRD]

[LNSA][LNSB][LNSC][LNSD]

24V

2F4

9B8

J3

53313V

B2

A8

A4A3

B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14

B6B5B4B3

B1

A11A10A9

A7A6

A12

A14A13

A5

A2A1

OPTFAN2

TYPE-M

TFULSWMMOT-DIR

MPLL-OKMMOT-REFMMOT-BRKMMOT-OFF

BTMFAN

EXTFAN

EXPONEXPPWM

CRG1SW

EXTSW

LECLKLEDATLELTH

[OPTFAN0]

[OPTFAN2]

[TYPE-M]

[TFULSW][MMOT-DIR]

[MPLL-OK][MMOT-REF][MMOT-BRK][MMOT-OFF]

[BTMFAN]

[EXTFAN]

[EXPON][EXPPWM]

[CRG1SW]

[EXTSW]

[LECLK][LEDAT][LELTH]

DGSGE

24V5VE

J2

53313V

B11B12

B10B9

A16

A8

A4A3

B1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8

A20A19A18A17

A15

A11A10A9

A7A6

A12

A14

A5

A2A1

A13

B19B18B17B16B15B14B13

B20

PICSOLSFFEDCLTSF

SFBSW

DEVSWATSVREF

ATS-IN

DSON0DSPLTHDSPDATDSPCLKDSPRSTRETK0RETK1RETK2RETK3RETK4RETK5RETK6RETK7LCDRS

LCDEDSP0DSP1DSP2DSP3DSP4DSP5DSP6DSP7

CTRONCTR-CNT

9D4

2A6

DGSGDGND

5VD

J1

53313V

A9

A6

A25

B8

B11

B9

B7

B1B2

B4B5

B3

B6

B10

B12B13B14B15

B25B24B23B22B21

B19B18B17B16

A17A18A19A20A21A22A23A24

A16A15A14A13

A11

A7

A4A5

A3A2

A8

A10

A12

A1

B20

9B4

1311

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

2E5

2A82A82A82A82A8

2B32A82A82A8

2E52E52E52E52B3

2E5

VDD

2A6

2A77D82E52E52E5

2A62A7

1F38B8

9D4

5D1

8C1

10C4

LCDR/W

VDD

2A72A72A7

2F4

1A5

2A77B8

1A81A81A52F4

1A81F3

9A4

1A3

10E4

9C4

9C4

GND

VDD

GND

9C89C8

9C89C8

9B89A8

9B8

1A4

2F4

9A4

1A4

J4

53052-14V

12

5

1314

12

67

91011

34

8

10B8

10A810B8

10B89D89D89D89D8

10B4

LED-ARRY

CC0.1/50C9

C2

1RXE017

R2 21DSON1

TNRMOT

[PICSOLSF][FEDCLTSF]

[SFBSW]

[DEVSW][ATSVREF]

[ATS-IN]

[DSON0][DSPLTH][DSPDAT][DSPCLK][DSPRST][RETK0][RETK1][RETK2][RETK3][RETK4][RETK5][RETK6][RETK7][LCDRS]

[LCDE][DSP0][DSP1][DSP2][DSP3][DSP4][DSP5][DSP6][DSP7]

[CTRON][CTR-CNT]

[DSON1]

[TNRMOT]

Page 217: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 12/13

E1

DUMMY1 2

J5

53324-11

12

567

91011

34

8

POWER-UNIT1

1A7

1A7

1A61F31A71A51F3

GND

GND

1A7

1A61F31A71A51F3

2F3

2F3

2F3

1A31A31A3

GND

VDD

12A38E81F37E1

53324-6

J10

5

1234

6

5E1

5E1

4C8

5D1

5E1

5D1

5D1

4C8

4D84D8

5C15C15B15B1

4E84E8

5C15C15C1

GND

24VVDD

9E48A89E48A89E49E48A88A8

53324-8

J7

76

4321

5

8

5E1

2E4

10C8

GND

VDD53324-10

J6

8

3

12

4567

910

1A38D11A5

GND

VDD

1312

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

HTRTH-HTRTH2+HTRTH2-

24VF24V

SSR+ 12E5

RSTSW

PSTPCO

PSTPCU

RGTCLTCO 9D4

BIASVREFHVMVREF

HVTMHVTPRE

HVACVREFHVTAC

HVTVREFHVTDC

53313V

J8

B20

B13B14B15B16B17B18B19

A13

A1A2

A5

A14

A12

A6A7

A9A10A11

A15

A17A18A19A20

B8B7B6B5B4B3B2B1

A3A4

A8

A16

B9B10

B12B11

SORT-SW 2E4

HTRTH+SSR-SW

[HTRTH-][HTRTH2+][HTRTH2-][SSR+]

[RSTSW]

[PSTPCO]

[PSTPCU]

[RGTCLTCO]

[BIASVREF][HVMVREF][HVTM][HVTPRE][HVACVREF][HVTAC][HVTVREF][HVTDC]

[SORT-SW]

[HTRTH+][SSR-SW]1A8

8E2

SIZCU2SIZCU1SIZCU0

TUPCU

PEMPCU

FEDCLTCU

TRMCUATRMCUB

PSTPCL

UCOVDOR

SIZCL3SIZCL2SIZCL1SIZCL0

TUPCL

PEMPCL

FEDCLTCL

TRMCLATRMCLB

VDD 24V5VD 24VF

SGD DGF

CE47/50C4

2

1

CE100/16C5

2

1

5VE

SGE

RGTCLTCU 4C8

ACOFFZCINTSSR-SSR+

53313V

J11

B9

A1A2

A5

B4B5

B3

A6A7

A9B1B2

B6

A3A4

A8

B7B8

SIZCU3

[SIZCU2][SIZCU1][SIZCU0]

[TUPCU]

[PEMPCU]

[FEDCLTCU]

[TRMCUA][TRMCUB]

[PSTPCL]

[UCOVDOR]

[SIZCL3][SIZCL2][SIZCL1][SIZCL0]

[TUPCL]

[PEMPCL]

[FEDCLTCL]

[TRMCLA][TRMCLB]

[RGTCLTCU]

[ACOFF][ZCINT][SSR-][SSR+]

[SIZCU3]5C1

APS0APS1APS2

APSF

APSC

APST

PLTNSW 2F4

DFACKDFREQ

MREQ-DFDF-CNTDFRXD

DFTXD

53324-9

J12

7654

21

3

89

J13

53324-9

98

3

12

4567

MACK-DF 1A7

SACKSREQ

MREQ-SS-CNTSRXD

STXD

MACK-S

[APS0][APS1][APS2]

[APSF]

[APSC]

[APST]

[PLTNSW]

[DFACK][DFREQ][MREQ-DF][DF-CNT][DFRXD]

[DFTXD]

[MACK-DF]

[SACK][SREQ][MREQ-S][S-CNT][SRXD]

[STXD]

[MACK-S]

POWER-UNIT2

HVT-UNIT

FUSER-UNIT

SORTER

RADF

APS

FEEDER-UNIT1 FEEDER-UNIT2

53052-11V

J9

8

43

11109

765

21

GNDDG

Page 218: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 13 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 13/13

7407M

CC0.1/25

C51C2

1

HC14M

CC0.1/25

C71C2

1

LCF

ADUPFP

RMS

COIN-VENDER

PC

RAM-BOARD

1F35C65C65C6

5B6

5D65D6

5D6

3C8

5B63C8

5B67D8

3B85B6

4E4

4E44E4

4E44E44E44E44E4

5E15E15E1

5D14A8

4A8

4A8

4A85D1

4A8

GND

VDD17548714V

J15

8

43

11109

76

12

1413

5

21

3B8

3B8

3D83D83B8

5A13C83E82E7

5A13A83B83A8

5A15A15A1

53313V

J14

B1

A9

A7

A1A2A3A4A5A6

A8

A10

B2B3B4B5

B7B6

B9B8

B10

171825V

J17

98765432

10

1

C2XB C2XB C2XB C2XB

WR

ZMDTCT

HC244WM

2E5

2E52B22B2

9B4

DG

CTRON

A3DTCTCRUNCLEAR

CTR-CNT

A14A13A12A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0

CS12D7

RD

D6

D3D2D1D0

D5D4

1A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A2

6B26B26B26B26B26B26B26B22B41A61A72B4

HC244WM71256S

HC132M

HC273WM HC273WM

HC138M

CC0.1/25

C39C2

1

C40

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

CC0.1/25

C70C2

1

CC0.1/25

C77C2

1

C58

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

2F42A52A52A52A52A52A5

VDD

VDD

C25

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

CC0.1/25

C36C2

1C26

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

7407M

7407M7407M

7407M7407M7407M91C640N

7522S

MACK-SM

SMTXD

SMRXDSM-CNTMREQ-SMSMREQSMACK

[MACK-SM]

[SMTXD]

[SMRXD][SM-CNT][MREQ-SM][SMREQ][SMACK]

PCTXDPCRXD

PC-CNT

C76

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

CC0.1/25

C62C2

1

CC0.1/25

C57C2

1

C48

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

C61

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

GND

C64

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

C59

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

CC0.1/25

C27C2

1

C35

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

CC0.1/25

C66C2

1C56

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

C80

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

CC0.1/25

C50C2

1

C65

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

CC0.1/25

C74C2

1

1313

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

C31

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

2B2

2A4

2A42F42B22A52F4

7407M

CC0.1/25

C72C2

1

GND

PCRTSPCDSRPCDTRPCCTS

24V

HC244WM

HC244WM

HC244WMHC244WM

VDD

GND

GND DG

GND

24V

2B2

CS13[WR]

[ZMDTCT]

[CTRON]

[A3DTCT][CRUN][CLEAR]

[CTR-CNT]

[A14][A13][A12][A11][A10][A9][A8][A7][A6][A5][A4][A3][A2][A1][A0]

[CS12][D7]

[RD]

[D6]

[D3][D2][D1][D0]

[D5][D4]

[PCTXD][PCRXD]

[PC-CNT]

[PCRTS][PCDSR][PCDTR][PCCTS]

[CS13]

48Z58Y

C2XB

GND

2B22B22B22B22B1

2B12B1

RMS6RMS5RMS4RMS3RMS2RMS1RMS0

24VF

+5VSW

RMS7 2B1

3B1

3B8

AD-CNTENDSWSIDSWPEMPADPJAM1ADSIDM-DSIDM-BSIDM-CSIDM-A

APLL-OKAMOT-BRKAMOT-OFFFDCLT-ADSTCLT-ADSTSOL-ADENDM-DENDM-BENDM-CENDM-A 3B8

5E1

LC-CNTTRMLC-BTRMLC-AFDMLC-BFDMLC-ALC-KEYLC-LED

TDWNLCPEMPLCTUPLC

J21

175473V

16

8

43

21222324252627282930

20191817

15

11109

76

12

1413

5

21

J20

175487-9V

98

3

12

4567

VDD

17548710V

J19

98765432

10

1

VDD

J18

17548713V

12

5

1312

67

91011

34

8

53313V

J16 A1A2

A5

A13A14

A12

A6A7

A9A10A11

B1

B3B4B5B6

B14B13B12B11B10B9B8B7

A3A4

A8

B2

+5VSW

5D63C83C85C6

DRV3DRV2DRV1DRV0DRV7DRV6DRV5DRV4CLK-DCLK-CSIZE-0SIZE-2

SCSW-ESIZE-3SIZE-1RETS-0RETS-1RETS-3RETS-2SCSW-DSCSW-CRETS-7RETS-6RETS-5RETS-4

PMOT-REF

LCDOR

[AD-CNT][ENDSW][SIDSW][PEMPAD][PJAM1AD][SIDM-D][SIDM-B][SIDM-C][SIDM-A]

[APLL-OK][AMOT-BRK][AMOT-OFF][FDCLT-AD][STCLT-AD][STSOL-AD][ENDM-D][ENDM-B][ENDM-C][ENDM-A]

[LC-CNT][TRMLC-B][TRMLC-A][FDMLC-B][FDMLC-A][LC-KEY][LC-LED]

[TDWNLC][PEMPLC][TUPLC]

[LCDOR]

C60

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

CC0.1/25

C83C2

1

IC41

HC14M3 4

IC41

HC14M5 6

C84

CC0.1/25

C

1

2

HC14M

PFPRST

[RMS6][RMS5][RMS4][RMS3][RMS2][RMS1][RMS0]

[RMS7]

[DRV3][DRV2][DRV1][DRV0][DRV7][DRV6][DRV5][DRV4][CLK-D][CLK-C][SIZE-0][SIZE-2]

[SCSW-E][SIZE-3][SIZE-1][RETS-0][RETS-1][RETS-3][RETS-2][SCSW-D][SCSW-C][RETS-7][RETS-6][RETS-5][RETS-4][PMOT-REF]

[PFPRST]

SMAIN-CPU

GND

Page 219: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

14.2 Control Panel Circuit14.2.1 Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 1/4

IC4

L/R

BE0

VSSL

LAST

SIN

CKSTB

LATCH

VDD

VSSD0VSSD1VSSD2VSSD3

SOUT

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16

7932M

4

2

1

27

26

293

28

30

8131823

5

25242221201917161514121110976

LP18LTL16KG 12

LP17LTL16KG 12

LP13LTL16KG 12

LTL16KG LP122 1

LP11LTL16KG 12

LTL16KG LP102 1

LP9LTL16KG 12

LTL16KG LP82 1

LP7LTL16KG 12

LTL16KGLP14

2 1

LP15LTL16KG 12

LP16LTL16KG 12

LP6LTL16KG 12

LP5LTL16KG 12

LP4LTL16KG 12

LP3LTL16KG 12

LP2LTL16KG 12

LP1LTL16KG 12

4C8

4C8

4C84C8

4C8

4B8

41

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

USER/AJ

DP

EDGE

5VD

SGD

DSPLTH1

DSPCLK

DSON0

DSON1

[DSON0]

[DSON1]

GND

R121002 1

R71002 1

4B3

1000R19 21

1000R20 1 2

1000R17 1 2

1000R18 21

4B3 4C8

R2100

12

R3100

12

R41002 1

R5100

12

R61002 1

R131002 1

4B3

4B3

4B3

4B3

150R11 21

R9 22001 2

2200R8 21

R10 1501 2

4C8

1000R16

1 2

2SA1428YQ1

3

2

1

Q22SA1428Y

3

2

1

4C8

1000R151 2

VDD

IC3

HC1421

DSPCLK1

IC3

HC1443

DSPRST

O/3

O/2

O/1

O/0

O/USER

AMS

MSB

MSR

MSL

P/3

P/2

P/1

P/0

P/USER

APS

R14100

12

4C8DSPOUT1

EXPO6-1

PHOTOA-EXPO5

EXPO8-3EXPO7-2

EXPO9-4

CKME0.1/25

C4 1

2

C7

CKM33P/50J

12

CKM33P/50J

C6

21

DSPDATDSPLTH

[DSPCLK]

[DSPRST]

[DSPDAT][DSPLTH]

DSPON0 4B8

DSPON1

[DSPLTH1][DSPCLK1][DSPOUT1]

[EXPO6-1]

[PHOTO][A-EXPO5]

[EXPO8-3][EXPO7-2]

[EXPO9-4]

[DSPON0][DSPON1]4B8

Page 220: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 15 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 2/4

RETK6

RETK7

RETK1

RETK0

DSP-6

DSP-5

DSP-4

DSP-3

DSP-2

DSP-1

DSP-0

[RETK6]

[RETK7]

[RETK1]

[RETK0]

[DSP-6]

[DSP-5]

[DSP-4]

[DSP-3]

[DSP-2]

[DSP-1]

[DSP-0]

DSP6

DSP5

DSP4

DSP2

DSP1

DSP0 4B8

4C8

4B8

4B8

4C8

4B8

4C8

4B3

3C5

3C5

3C5

3C5

3C5

3C5IC1

740613 12

1000S12

B3F43

21

1000S11

B3F43

21

1000S10

B3F43

21

1000S9

B3F43

21

S81000

B3F

12

34

1000S7

B3F43

21

S61000

B3F

12

34

1000S5

B3F43

21

1000S4

B3F43

21

1000S3

B3F43

21

1000S2

B3F43

21

1000S1

B3F43

21

1000S14

B3F43

21

1000S17

B3F43

21

1000S15

B3F43

21

S181000

B3F

12

34

S161000

B3F

12

34

O/3

O/0

O/USER

AMS APS

P/USER

P/0

4B3 4C8

4C3

4C3

IC1

74061 2

IC1

740643

IC1

74065 6

IC1

740689

IC1

740611 10

IC2

740689

O/2

O/1

P/3

P/2

P/1

SET

USER/AJ

EDGE

M/S

RECALL

D/P

3C5

42

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

DSP3

[DSP6]

[DSP5]

[DSP4]

[DSP2]

[DSP1]

[DSP0]

[DSP3]

S131000

B3F

12

34

Page 221: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 3/4

VCNT0R32 21

R24

1000

12

R22

1000

12

LCDRS

DSP6

DSP2

DSP0

4C3

4D3 4D5DSP7

4C32A2 4C3 4B52A2 4C3 4D5DSP1

2B2 4C3 4B52B2 4C3 4D5DSP3

2C2 4C3 4B5DSP4

2C2 4C3 4D5DSP5

2D2 4C3 4B5

PV1K

VR1

RAV

23 1

R21

4700

12

4B5

E

4D5

4700

R31

21

R28

4700

12

4700

R25

21

R26

4700

12

4700

R27

21

4700

R29

21

R30

4700

12

VDD

IC3

HC1456

IC3

HC1498

IC3

HC141312

IC3

HC141110

RS

[VCNT]

[E]

[RS]

4D5

10K

R1

21

SGD

HC14 7406 7406

CE47/16

C1

1

2

CKME0.1/25

C3

1

2

IC2

74061213

IC2

74061011

IC2

740665

IC2

740643

IC2

740621

43

F

1 2

AA

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

B

C

E

F

GND

VDD

C9 CKME0.1/2512

C2 CE47/161

2

5VD

GND

CKME0.1/25

C8

1

2

C5

CKME0.1/25

2

1

1000R33 21

GND

LCDE

[LCDRS]

[DSP6]

[DSP2]

[DSP0]

[DSP7]

[DSP1]

[DSP3][DSP4][DSP5]

[LCDE]1000R23 21

GND

C12CQ1000P/50

1

2 CQ1000P/50C11

2

1

GND

(JUMPER-WIRE)

Page 222: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 17 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 4/4

17398514V (WH)

VDD

VDDJ32

302928

2221

19181716151413121110

6

4321

98

5

7

20

242526

23

272D7CTR-ON

2D7CTR-CNT

24V

SGD

R/W

DSP3

3C2

GND

DSP-1DSP-6 2D7

3C5

3C5

3C53C5

DSP7

CTR-CNT

5VD

SGD

DSON0DSON1

RETK0RETK1

4B5

44

F

1 2

AA

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

B

C

E

F

2E7

2D7

1E41E41B11B11C11B12D7

4B84C84B84B82D7

3C5

3C53C53C53C5

3C53C53C53C5

DSP2DSP1

RETK7RETK6RETK5RETK4RETK3RETK2

DSPRSTDSPCLKDSPDATDSPLTH

DSP0

4D5

GND

DSP6DSP5DSP4DSP3

LCDE

1D8

2B71A82A74C34C34B32B72C71A81C81C81C82C71C81C81C81B1

1D81D84B32D72A7

RETK1

DSPRST

EXPO9-4DSP-4

DSPOUT1

EXPO7-2

DSP-5

RETK5

RETK2RETK4

DSP-3

EXPO6-1

EXPO8-3

A-EXPO5PHOTO

DSPLTH1DSPCLK1RETK3

DSP-0DSPON1

DSPON0

3C5

DSP-2

[CTR-ON][CTR-CNT]

[DSP-1][DSP-6]

[RETK1]

[DSPRST]

[EXPO9-4][DSP-4]

[DSPOUT1]

[EXPO7-2]

[DSP-5]

[RETK5]

[RETK2][RETK4]

[DSP-3]

[EXPO6-1]

[EXPO8-3]

[A-EXPO5][PHOTO]

[DSPLTH1][DSPCLK1][RETK3]

[DSP-0][DSPON1]

[DSPON0]

[DSP-2]

VDD

CTR-ON

[CTR-CNT][CTR-ON]

3C23C53C53C5

3C2

RS

DSP0

DSP2DSP1

3C5DSP7

DSP4DSP5DSP6

E

VCNT

[DSP3]

[RS]

[DSP0]

[DSP2][DSP1]

[DSP7]

[DSP4][DSP5][DSP6]

[E]

[VCNT]

GND

J30

53313V

A1

A12

A10

A8

A2A3

A5A4

A7

A11

A13A14A15A16

B7B6B5B4B3B2B1A17

B14

B11

B13B12

B10B9

B15

B17B16

B8

A6

A9

C10CKME0.1/2521J31

8

43

11109

76

12

1413

5

21

24V

LCDRS

[DSP7]

[[DSON0][DSON1]

[RETK0][RETK1]

[DSP2][DSP1]

[RETK7][RETK6][RETK5][RETK4][RETK3][RETK2]

[DSPRST][DSPCLK][DSPDAT][DSPLTH]

[DSP0]

[DSP6][DSP5][DSP4][DSP3]

[LCDE]

[LCDRS] KEY

LCD

LGC

Page 223: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

14.2.2 Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 1/5

C2

CKME0.1/25

12

2C2DSPOUT2

100 R32 1

5C5

LTL16KGLP52

2 1

LP51LTL16KG 12

LTL16KGLP1

2 1

ADD3

ADD2

DSPON1

STAPLE

SORT

DSPON0

[DSPOUT2]

[DSPON1][DSPON0]

DSPOUT1

5B53B62A7

IC2

L/R

BE0

VSSL

LAST

SIN

CKSTB

LATCH

VDD

VSSD0VSSD1VSSD2VSSD3

SOUT

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16

7932M

2

29

25

14121110976

2422212019171615

427

2826

5

3

30

81318231

ADD1

ADD4

AC

PS

INT

2IN1

GROUP

VDD

R11100 12

DSPCLK1

DSPLTH1

100 R22 1R14100 12

100 R292 1R30100 12R31100 12

R12100 12100 R132 1

R19100 12100 R202 1

GND

51

F

1 2

AA

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

B

C

E

F

R32100 12

100 R282 1R21100 12

5C55C55C5

DSPRST

[DSPOUT1]

[DSPCLK1]

[DSPLTH1][DSPRST]

SGD

100 R272 1

5B53B62A7

100 R102 1

LP535836G

C31

3A3B3C3D

3F3G3DP

3E

1DP

2E

2DP2G2F

2D2C2B2A

1A1B1C1D

1F1G

1EC12

C32

C22

C11

C21

DSP16N

13

17161412

192015

11

5

6

102524

792122

272642

2930

128

18

23

3

8

LTL16KGLP3

2 1

LTL16KGLP2

2 1

LTL16KGLP4

2 1

LTL16KGLP50

2 1

LP8LTL16KG 12

LP7LTL16KG 12

LP9LTL16KG 12

LTL16KGLP10

2 1

Page 224: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 19 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 2/5

E1[DUMMY]1 2

SGD

TJ

RJ

SJ

CST4

CST3

CST2

CST1

KCTR

TEMP

SRVC

CST6

CST5

1A71A7

DSPCLK1

DSPLTH1

R16100

12

100R172 1

R15100

12

100R182 1

R24100

12

100R92 1

100R232 1

100R252 1

R26100

12

100R62 1

R5100

12

R22100

12

52

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

DSPRST

100R72 1

100R82 1

1E75C55C5

5C5

GND

R4100

12

100R12 1

PEMP2

PEMP3

PEMP4

PEMP5

PEMP6

DEJ

EJ

ADUJ

PJ

DF/MULTI

PEMP1

DF/SINGL

DFJ

MJ

O/YOKO

O/TATE

TFULL

ADDSTUCK

DSPOUT2

[DSPCLK1]

[DSPLTH1][DSPRST]

[DSPOUT2]

IC1

L/R

BE0

VSSL

LAST

SIN

CKSTB

LATCH

VDD

VSSD0VSSD1VSSD2VSSD3

SOUT

D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16

7932M

67910111214151617192021222425

5

2318138

30

28

329

26

27

1

2

4

LTL16KGLP5

2 1

LTL16KGLP38

2 1

LTL16KGLP22

2 1

LTL16KGLP23

2 1

LTL16KGLP24

2 1

LTL16KGLP25

2 1

LTL16KGLP26

2 1

LTL16KGLP27

2 1

LTL16KRLP12

2 1

DSPON1

LP15LTL16KR 12

LTL16KYLP30

2 1

LTL16KRLP16

2 1

LP33LTL16KY 12

LP32LTL16KG 12

DSPON0[DSPON1][DSPON0]

LP6LTL16KG 12

LP35LTL16KY 12

LTL16KY LP172 1

LP18LTL16KY 12

LTL16KY LP192 1

LP20LTL16KY 12

LTL16KY LP212 1

LTL16KG LP282 1

LP29LTL16KR 12

LP11LTL16KR 12

LTL16KR LP132 1

LP31LTL16KR 12

LTL16KR LP362 1

LP14LTL16KR 12

LP37LTL16KR 12

LP34LTL16KY 12

C1

CKME0.1/25

1

2

VDD

Page 225: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 3/5

EXPO6-1

EXPO7-2

EXPO8-3

5C5

PHOTO

LP45LTL433G12

LTL433G LP442 1

LP43LTL433G12

LP42LTL433G12

LP41LTL433G12

LTL433G LP492 1

LP48LTL433G12

LP47LTL433G12

LP46LTL433G12

1A7DSPON1

100R33

125B5

53

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

1A7

100R34

125C5

100R35

125C5

R361002 1

100R38

125C5

100R37

125C5

DSPON0

[DSPON1]

[DSPON0]

EXPO6

EXPO7

EXPO8

EXPO9

AUTO

PHOTO

EXPO5

EXPO4

EXPO3

EXPO2

EXPO1

LTL16KG LP392 1

LP40LTL16KG12

A-EXPO5

EXPO9-4

[EXPO6-1]

[EXPO7-2]

[EXPO8-3]

[PHOTO]

[A-EXPO5]

[EXPO9-4]

Page 226: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 21 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 4/5

SRTPRINT

C/S

C/S0

DFINT987

ADDP/S654

A/C321

CSTACTZ/UZ/D

PHOTOAUTOEXP/UEXP/D

NOYESHELP

5C5

5B5

5D5

54

F

1 2

A

B

A

B

543 6 7 8

C

D

E

7 81 6542 3

D

C

E

F

5B5

5B5

5B5

5C5

5B5

5C5

5B5

5B5

PREV

1000S12

B3F43

21

1000S6

B3F43

21

1000S29

B3F43

21

1000S15

B3F43

21

1000S18

B3F43

21

S211000

B3F

12

34

1000S24

B3F43

21

1000S7

B3F43

21

S101000

B3F

12

34

1000S27

B3F43

21

1000S16

B3F43

21

1000S19

B3F43

21

1000S22

B3F43

21

1000S25

B3F43

21

S261000

B3F

12

34

1000S8

B3F43

21

S111000

B3F

12

34

1000S28

B3F43

21

1000S17

B3F43

21

1000S20

B3F43

21

1000S23

B3F43

21

4000S31

B3F43

21

S51000

B3F

12

34

1000S9

B3F43

21

S41000

B3F

12

34

S301000

B3F

12

34

S131000

B3F

12

34

S141000

B3F

12

34

1000S3

B3F43

21

1000S2

B3F43

21

1000S1

B3F43

21

5C5

DSP-0

DSP-1

DSP-2

DSP-3

DSP-4

DSP-5

DSP-6

[DSP-0]

[DSP-1]

[DSP-2]

[DSP-3]

[DSP-4]

[DSP-5]

[DSP-6]

RETK1

RETK2

RETK3

RETK4

RETK5

[RETK1]

[RETK2]

[RETK3]

[RETK4]

[RETK5]

Page 227: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 22 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 5/5

J33 30

29

28

22

21

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

64321 985 7 20

24

25

26

23

27

5B7

CTR-CNT

5B7

CTRON

24V

SGD

GND

PHOTO

DSP-5

RETK5

DSP-0

RETK3

RETK1

DSP-1

DSP-6

DSPCLK1

DSPLTH1

DSPOUT1

DSPRST

A-EXPO5

EXPO7-2

EXPO6-1

DSPON0

DSP-3

RETK2

EXPO8-3

RETK4

DSPON1

DSP-2

1C2

55

F

12

A B

A B

54

36

78

C D E

78

16

54

23

DC E F

4B1

1A7

4A1

4E8

4E8

4D8

4B1

4C1

1A7

3C3

3C3

3C3

4C1

3C3

3B3

3B3

2C2

1C2

2C2

1C2

2C2

1C2

4E8

4D8

4A1

4D1

VDD

GNDEXPO9-4

DSP-4

[CTR-CNT]

[CTRON]

[PHOTO]

[DSP-5]

[RETK5]

[DSP-0]

[RETK3]

[RETK1]

[DSP-1]

[DSP-6][DSPCLK1]

[DSPLTH1]

[DSPOUT1]

[DSPRST]

[A-EXPO5]

[EXPO7-2]

[EXPO6-1]

[DSPON0]

[DSP-3]

[RETK2]

[EXPO8-3]

[RETK4]

[DSPON1]

[DSP-2]

[EXPO9-4]

[DSP-4]

5D5

5D5

CTR-CNT

CTRON

[CTR-CNT]

[CTRON]

24V

J34

53025-4

1 2 3 4

DSP

T-CTR

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

Page 228: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 23 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

14.3 Power Supply Circuit (PS-ACC)[A] 115 V

Page 229: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 24 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

[B] 200 V

Page 230: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 25 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS

How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.

HINT

[C] 200 V (French production)

Page 231: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 15 - 1 2060, 2860/70 POWER

15. POWER STABILIZING CIRCUIT15.1 Power CircuitThis power circuit has the following 3 DC outputs.

DC output Rating Main load

5V 5.1V±5% LED eraser array, LCD, LED, logic IC power supplies

24VA – E, I, J 24V±10% Motors, clutches, high-voltage transformer, scanning motor

24VF – H 24V±10% RADF, optional sorter, main switch

15.2 Description of OperationWhen the main switch on the copier is turned ON, AC power is supplied to the switching power supply,

and then the 5V power supply for the logic ICs, and the 24VF – H DC power supply for the RADF and

sorter are turned ON. At this time, if the door switch is ON (closed), the 24VA – E, I, J DC voltages are

turned ON.

Each of these power circuit is provided with overcurrent protection fuses (excluding 5V) and an overcurrent

protection unit is provided in the circuit to protect the copier’s power circuit in case of an overload or a

power output short.

When these functions are in operation, remove the cause of the overload or short. When a fuse has

blown, replace the fuse. Or, when overcurrent protection in the circuit is in operation, turn the main switch

OFF then ON again to enable circuit operation.

The power circuit is also provided with an overvoltage protection function. This function prevents the

power supply from turning ON to protect electrical components if two different voltages short. If this

happens, remove the cause of the short, and turn the main switch OFF then ON again to enable circuit

operation.

Page 232: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 POWER 15 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

15.3 DC Voltage Applications and Related Fuse Numbers

Voltage Load Fuse Numbers

+5.1V For LSIs, logic ICs, LED eraser array, LCD, and display LEDs. —

ACOFF For detection of abnormalities in the power supply, and exposure lamp control. —

ZCINT

+24VA Main motor (M1) F7

+24VB Scanning motor (M2), lens motor (M3), mirror motor (M4), tray-up motor (M13),

+24VC exit fan (M7), OPT fan (M6, 12), Bottom fan (M8), toner motor (M9), document F8

motor (M11), aligning clutch (CLT2), transport clutch (CLT1), feed clutch (CLT3 – 5),

total counter

+24VD, E PFP (pedestal)

+24VI ADU F9

+24VJ LCF

+24VF RADF F4

+24VG Sorter F5

+24VH Reset switch (main switch) drive, remote monitoring F6

[A] DC voltage check

DC output voltages can be checked on following connector pin.

Voltage Connector Pin

24VA J529 1

24VB J534 2

24VC J530 11

24VD J533 7

24VE J533 8

24VI J535 1

24VJ J536 1

24VF J532 1

24VG J533 1

24VH J530 2

5V J531 5

15.4 AC Voltage1 Heater lamp voltage

2 Lamp regulator voltage

3 Damp heater voltage

Page 233: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 15 - 3 2060, 2860/70 POWER

15.5 Output Sequence

Reg 1 (Option)+24V

Zero cross

Reg 2 (Copier)+24V

AC input

+5V

ACOFF

21.6V or more

21.6V or more

10ms ~ 120ms

4.75V or more

0 – 200ms

ON

OFF

21.6V or more

21.6V or more

4.75V ormore

20ms ormore

10ms ormore

500ms orless

Page 234: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 - 1 2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD

16. PC BOARD ASSEMBLY16.1 PWA-LGC

Page 235: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

16.2 PWA-DSP

Page 236: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 - 3 2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD

16.3 PWA-KEY

Page 237: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

16.4 LCD

16.5 PWA-ERS

Page 238: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 - 5 2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD

16.6 PS-ACC[A-1] Japanese/chinese production (115V)

Page 239: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

[A-2] Japanese/chinese production (230V)

Page 240: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 - 7 2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD

[B] French production

Page 241: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

16.7 PS-HVT

Gui

de b

ias

outp

ut

Mai

n ch

arge

out

put

Grid

out

put

Fas

ton

term

inal

for

the

deve

lope

r un

it bi

as o

utpu

t

Sep

arat

ion

outp

ut

Tran

sfer

out

put

Page 242: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 - 1 2060, 2860/70 WIRE

L N

G

D-HTR-L

D-HTR-U1

D-HTR-U2

SSR

SW.Reg

SW.Reg

CKT

J80-1

J80-2

J80-3

J81-1

J82-1

J81-2

J82-2

J90-1 J525-3

J501-1

J501-3

J524-1

J523-3

J525-1 J90-3

J526-1

J91-1

J91-2

J523-4

J526-3J524-2

J523-2J523-1

J521 J522*1Breaker100V~: 15A200V~: 10A

Main SW

Thermostat

Fuse 1A

Lamp regulatorExposure lamp

Thermo fuse

Heater lamp

Thermostat

*1Fuse100V~: 10A200V~: 6.3A

Main SW

17. WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAM17.1 AC Wire Harness[A] Japanese/chinese production

Door SW

Relay

*1

*1: Parts inside the switching power supply

*1 *1

Copier +24V(Motor, clutch, high-voltage, etc.)

Door SW

Option +24V, +5V(DF, Sorter, RMS, etc.)

TRIAC

Page 243: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 WIRE 17 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

L N

G

D-HTR-L

D-HTR-U1

D-HTR-U2

SSR

SW.Reg

SW.Reg

J80-1

J80-2

J80-3

J81-1

J82-1

J81-2

J82-2

J90-1 J525-3

J501-1

J501-3

J524-1

J523-3

J525-1 J90-3

J526-1

J91-1

J91-2

J523-4

J526-3

J524-2

J523-2J523-1

J521 J522

*1Breaker10A

Main SW Main SW

Fuse 1A

Thermostat

Heater lamp

TRIAC

Lamp regulator

*1 Fuse 2A

*1 Fuse 2A

*1: Parts inside the switching power supply

[B] French production

Thermostat

Thermo fuse

*1 *1

Door SW

*1

Copier +24VMotor, clutch, high-voltage, etc.

Exposure lamp

Option +24V, +5V(DF, Sorter, RMS, etc.)

Door SW

Page 244: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 - 3 2060, 2860/70 WIRE

17.2 DC Wire Harness Connection Diagram

711DSP6

612DSP5

513DSP4

414DSP3

315DSP2

DSP-2

DSP-1

DSP-6

DSP-3

DSP-5

DSP-4

PHOTODSPRST

DSPOUT1DSPLTH1

DSPCLK1

DSP-0

RETK5RETK4RETK2

RETK3

RETK1

DSPON1

DSPON0EXPO6-1EXPO7-2EXPO8-3

EXPO9-4

A-EXPO5216DSP1

117DSP0

1718LCDE

1619LCD R/W

1520LCDRS

1421RETK7

1322RETK6

1223RETK5

1124RETK4

1025RETK3

4321

91RETK2

82RETK1

73RETK0

64DSPRST

55DSPCLK

46DSPDAT

37DSPLTH

28DSON0

19DSON1

810+24V

711TNRMOT

612DG

513ATS-IN

414+24V

315ATSVREF

216DEVSW

1

12

21

21

4 43 32 21 1

34567817GND

318GND

219SFBSW

120VDD

221+24V

12122FEDCLTSF

23PICSOLSF

24+24V

25

J229

J105

J308

J212

J546

TNR-MOT

SNR-ATS

M-FED-SW

M-FED-CLT

171CTR-CNT

CTR-CNT

162CTRON

CTRON

CTR-CNT

CTRON

153+24V

+24V

+24V

144GND

GND

GND

135VDD

VDD

126SGD

117SGD

SGD

108+5VD

99+5VD

810

4321

43211

23456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

123456789

101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

DSP7

K-CTR

T-CTR

J239

J1A

J1B

J30B

J30A

J32

J31 J35B

J35A

J33 J34

11GND

23VCNT

35R/W

47DSP0

59DSP2

611DSP4

713DSP6

12VDD

24RS

36E

48DSP1

510DSP3

612DSP5

714DSP7

PWA-DSP

PWA-LGC

PWA-KEY

LCD

Page 245: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 WIRE 17 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

9 91VDD

8 82GND

7 73LELTH

6 64LEDAT

5 55LECLK

4 46+5VE

3 37+5VE

2 28SGE

1 19SGE

3 110GND

2 211EXTSH

1 3

32112VDD

313GND

214CRG1SW

115VDD

4 416VDD

3 317EXPPWM

2 218EXPON

1 119GND

20

DCH

EXIT-SW

HOME-SW

PS-LRG

J2A J307

J227

J114

J502

J104

4 11EXTFAN

3 22 21 1

2 21 1

12345

21

2+24V

2 33BTMFAN

1 44+24V

8 85MMOT-OFF

7 76MMOT-BRK

6 67MMOT-REF

5 58MPLL-OK

4 49GND

3 310VDD

2 211MMOT-DIR

1 1

2 112TFULSW

1 213GND

2 214OPTFAN0

1 115+24V

16TYPE-M

17GND

18+24V

19OPTFAN2

20DG

EXT-FAN

BTM-FAN

PS-ACCJ529

T-FULL-SW

OPT-FAN-R

J2B J242

J43

J103 J121

J47

J201

J202

J204

MAIN-MOT

12 1 6 6111 2 5 5210 3 4 439 4 3 348 5 2 257 6 1 16

6 7 6 675 8 5 584 9 4 493 10 3 3102 11 2 2111 12 1 112

2 1131 214

6 1 315 2 224 3 13

3 4 342 5 251 6 16

8 1 2 277 2 1 18

6 3 1 195 4 2 210

3 34 5 4 411

3 6 3122 7 2131 8 114

+24VLNSDLNSCLNSBLNSA+24V

+24VMRRDMRRCMRRBMRRA

+24V

DRMTHGND

GNDLNSSW

VDD

GNDMRRSW

VDD

OPTFAN1+24V

+24VAESIN

GND

VDDAPSRGND

LNS-MOT

MRR-MOT

LNS-SW

MRR-SW

APS-R

PWA-AES

OPT-FAN-F

DRM-THMS

J3A

J3B

J244

J301

J243

J245

J112

J306

J203

J113

J102

J542

J545

For 2860(Eur paper size)

PWA-LGC

Page 246: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 - 5 2060, 2860/70 WIRE

1

1

1

2

21

2

345

123

21

5

4

321

321

21

1

321

321

1+24V

2RSTSW

3GND

4PSTPC0

5VDD

6GND

7PSTPCU

8VDD

9+24V

10RGTCLTC0

J223 J224

J309

J302

J310

J303

J304J227

J108J226

J214

MAIN-SW

PSTP0-SW

PSTP1-SW

RGT0-CLT

J6

J5

31GND

22SORT-SW

13VDD

44SSR-SW

35HTRTH+

26HTRTH–

1

4321

547HTRTH2+

328

1011

HTRTH2–

1

543219SSR+

THMS1-HTR

THMS2-HTR

SORTER-SW

1BIASVREF

2HVMVREF

3HVTM

4HVTPRE

5HVACVREF

6HVTAC

7HVTVREF

8HVTDC

PS-HVT

PS-ACC J534

10987654321

123456789

10

10987654321

10987654321

J7 J222 J511

6 61SCNB

5 52+24V

4 43SCND

3 34SCNA

2 25+24V

1 16SCNC

6 67DCMO

5 58DCMB

4 49DCMC

3 310DCMA

2 211+24V

1 112+24V

2 213+24V

1 114ERSLP

J4 J544

J541

J305

PWA-ERS

DCM-MOT

SCN-MOT

PWA-LGC

Page 247: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 WIRE 17 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

1SIZCU3

SIZE1-SW

For upper CassetteT-UP1-SW

EMP1-SW

PSTP2-SW

U-COV-SW

FED1-CLT

T-UP1-MOT

115 654321

321

321

12

12

21

21

321

21

214

313412511

6107988

97106115

124133

142151

152433

2211

2SIZCU2

3SIZCU1

4SIZCU0

5GND

6GND

7TUPCU

8VDD

9GND

10PEMPCU

11VDD

12FEDCLTCU

13+24V

14TRMCUA

15TRMCUB

16GND

17PSTPCL

18VDD

19UCOVDOR

20GND

J8A J115

J116

J117

J211

J547

J106J225

J107

J233

1SIZCL3 115 62SIZCL2 214 5

43SIZCL1 313 34SIZCL0 412 25GND 511 1

6GND 610 37TUPCL 79 28VDD 88 1

9GND 97 310PEMPCL 106 211VDD 115 1

12FEDCLTCL 124 113+24V 133 2

12

14TRMCLA 142 215TRMCLB 151 1

21

16+24V 2217RGTCLTCU 11181920

FED2-CLT

EMP2-SW

T-UP2-SW

SIZE2-SW

T-UP2-MOT

RGT1-CLT

J8B J115

J116

J117

J211

J547

J213

J234

For lower Cassette

1SGE 62+5VE 53ACOFF 44ZCINT 35SSR– 26SSR+ 1

1+24V 52+24V 23+24V 145DG 46DG 3

1+24V 112DG 12

J10 J531

PS-ACC

J529

J532 J236

J47

ADF

MAIN-MOT

1+24V 112DG 12

3SG 64VDD 55DG 46DG 37+24V 28+24V 1

1DG 22+24V 1

1+24V 123+5V 24DG 35SG 4

1+24V 22DG 1

6VDD 65DG 74DG 83DG 92+24V 101+24V 11

7+5VD 58SG 49SGD 3

10+24VF 211DGF 1

J9

J533

J534

J535

J530

J536

J237

J254

J222

J255

SORTER

PFP

HVT

ADU

LCF

PS-ACC

J235PowerSourcepins

PWA-LGC

Page 248: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 - 7 2060, 2860/70 WIRE

14 11GND 513 22VDD 412 33APS0 311 44APS1 210 55APS2 1

9 66VDD 6 18 77APSF 5 27 88

9

GND 4 3

6 91VDD 3 45 102APSC 2 54 113GND 1 6

321

321

3 124VDD

2 135APST

1 146GND

37GND

28PLTNSW

19VDD

J11A

J11B

J230

J101

J109

For 2860

J247 J110

J111

APS-3B

APS-F

APS-C

PTN-SW

1DFACK 12DFREQ 23MREQ-DF 34DF-CNT 4

55DFRXD 66GND 77DFTXD 88GND 99MACK-DF 10

1112

ADF

FGJ12 J236

1SACK 12SREQ 23MREQ-S 34S-CNT 4

55SRXD 66GND 77STXD 88GND 99MACK-S 10

1112

PS-ACCJ532

PS-ACCJ533

SORTER

FG

J13 J237

1AD-CNT 102ENDSW 93SIDSW 84PEMPAD 75PJAM1AD 66SIDM-D 57SIDM-B 48SIDM-C 39SIDM-A 2

10+5VSW 1

1APLL-OK 102AMOT-BRK 93AMOT-OFF 84FDCLT-AD 75STCLT-AD 66STSOL-AD 57ENDM-D 48ENDM-B 39ENDM-C 2

10ENDM-A 1

J14A J235A

J14B J235B ADU

4321

J235

PS-ACCJ535

J235 Power Source pins

PWA-LGC

Page 249: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 WIRE 17 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA

1GND 142LC-CNT 133TRMLC-B 124TRMLC-A 115FOMLC-B 106FOMLC-A 97LC-KEY 88LC-LED 79LCDOR 6

10TDWNLC 511PEMPLC 412TUPLC 313GND 214VDD 1

1PCTXD

2PCRXD

3PCRTS

4PCDSR

5PCDTR

6PCCTS

7PC-CNT

8VDD

9GND

J15

J20

J241

LCF

1DRV3 282DRV2 273DRV1 264DRV0 255DRV7 246DRV6 237DRV5 228DRV4 219CLK-D 20

10CLK-C 1911SIZE-0 1812SIZE-2 1713PFPRST 1614+5VSW 15

1SCSW-E 142SIZE-3 133SIZE-1 124RETS-0 115RETS-1 106RETS-3 97RETS-2 88SCSW-D 79SCSW-C 6

10RETS-7 511RETS-6 412RETS-5 313RETS-4 214PMOT-REF 1

J16A

J16B

J248

PFP

1+24V

2CTRON

3CTR-CNT

4ZMDTCT

5ENABLE

6ERROR

7A3DTCT

8VDD

9GND

10DG

J19

1RMS7

2RMS6

3RMS5

4RMS4

5RMS3

6RMS2

7RMS1

8RMS0

9+24V

10GND

J17

PWA-LGC

Page 250: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 1 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

18. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION18.1 2060, 2860/70

• The unpacking and set-up procedure should

be done by a qualified person.

Page 251: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

<Unpacking the accessory package>

Remove the accessory package and other pack-

ing material.

Accessories vary according to the destination.

<Unpacking procedure>

Unpacking the copier carton box.

• The machine must be lifted with a person on its

right and left side and the handles grasped

firmly.

• Keep the machine horizontal when transport-

ing it.

• Set the machine on the appropriate stand.

Page 252: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 3 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Remove the paper from the paper package.

• Remove the packing materials from inside of

the cassette.

• Remove the power cord and the developer

bottle.

Pull out the cassette.

Page 253: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Set the paper for each cassette.

Insert the cassette gently.

Open the front cover.

Page 254: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 5 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Remove the packing screws.

Open the upper unit.

• Remove the pressure release bracket (2 pcs.)

from the fuser unit.

• Remove the toner cartridge (only for AUD,

TWD, SAD, ASD).

Page 255: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Remove the process unit.

• Remove the screw and connector, then the

process unit.

• Place the process unit on a flat surface. Raise

the lever located on each side of the process

unit in the direction of the arrow.

• Remove the developer unit from the process

unit.

Note: If the photoconductor is exposed to fluores-

cent light or external light for long time, it

may suffer from light-caused fatigue. So, be

sure to cover the process unit with, for ex-

ample, a suitable cloth.

• Remove the top cover of the developer unit.

• Remove the protection mylar sheet for the sepa-

ration claw from the cleaner unit.

Page 256: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 7 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Reinstall the top cover.

Be sure to install the top cover firmly.

After placing the developer unit in the process unit,

move down the lever on each side to fix the devel-

oper unit.

Pour in the developer material.

Note: Before pouring in the developer material,

be sure to shake the developer bottle fully.

By rotating the magnetic roller, check to make sure

that the developer material is transported properly.

Page 257: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Reinstall the process unit into the machine.

Reinstall the screw and connector.

• Connect the power cable to the outlet.

• Install the operator’s manual pocket.

• Be careful not to catch your fingers between

the two units when the upper unit is pressed

down.

Close the upper unit and the front cover.

Page 258: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 9 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Turn on the copier main switch.

<Adjustment procedure>

Automatic adjustment of the auto-toner sensor

(1) When the power switch is turned on, the auto-

toner sensor is automatically adjusted by the

following procedure.

(2) “UA” is shown on the copy quantity display.

The automatic adjustment of the auto-toner

sensor starts.

(3) The machine starts its operation. The output

value of the toner sensor is shown on the dis-

play and changes quickly.

(4) About 2 minutes and 30 seconds later, the

value on the display stabilizes at 230~250.

(5) About 30 seconds later, the automatic adjust-

ment of the auto-toner sensor is complete and

“UA” is shown on the copy quantity display.

Also, the ADD TONER symbol is dis-

played.

• If the adjustment has finished abnormally,

the machine stops its operation and displays

the CALL SERVICE symbol. Then, for

the subsequent adjustment of the auto-toner

sensor, follow the procedure described in the

Service Manual.

Page 259: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Shake the new toner cartridge to the right and to

the left 5 or 6 times to loosen the toner inside.

<Procedure for installing the toner cartridge>

Open the front cover.

Pull to remove the seal from the new toner car-

tridge.

• Do not shake the toner cartridge after remov-

ing the seal (the toner may spill).

Page 260: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 11 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Close the front cover.

Install the new toner cartridge in the machine.

• Push the toner cartridge fully in until it is locked

securely.

• Install the 3 plastic covers to the outer covers.

• The copy receiving tray should be installed in

the slots in the exit cover.

Page 261: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Put the original on the glass.

<Final Check>

Making copies from the cassette and the bypass,

check the following.

• Paper feeding from the cassette is correct.

• Paper feeding from the bypass feed guide is

correct.

• Automatic duplexer operation is correct (if ADU

is installed).

• Light distribution is correct.

• Fixing and cleaning are correct.

• Exposure level is correct.

• Control panel displays and key operation are

correct.

* Basic operations

* Special features

– Automatic paper selection (APS), Automatic

magnification selection (AMS)

– Duplex mode (if ADU is installed)

– Enlarging and reducing modes

– Interrupting mode

– Dual-page copying

– Edge erase copying

– User set

– Image shifting

– Copy-mode memory

Note: The packing material should be disposed

of properly.

Page 262: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 13 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

18.2 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) MD-5002

• The unpacking and setup procedure should be

done by a qualified person.

Page 263: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

<Unpacking procedure>

Open the carton box.

When performing the installation, turn off the main

switch of the copier and unplug the power cable

from the outlet.

Take out the ADU.

Page 264: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 15 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Remove the accessory packages and other pack-

ing materials. The accessory packages contain the

following parts.

1 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU).. 1 pc. 172 Vertical transport guide.............1 pc. 14

3 PAN screw .............................. 2 pcs. 144 Drawer stopper ......................... 1 pc. 185 TBID screw ............................... 1 pc. 18

6 Exit unit handle ......................... 1 pc. 137 TBID screw ............................... 1 pc. 138 ADU indicating seal (only for JAPAN) ...... 1pc. 22

Remove the 2 brackets (1 screw each) which fix

the open guide.

<Installation procedure>

Open the copier front cover.

Page 265: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Remove the front cover.

Lift up the copier upper unit to open it.

Remove the 2 brackets (1 screw each) fixing the

exit unit.

Page 266: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 17 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Remove the vertical transport guide and accessory

parts from the accessory package.

Remove the exit unit.

Remove the following parts from the accessory

package.

PAN screw .................................... 2 pcs. 14Drawer stopper ............................... 1 pc. 18TBID screw ..................................... 1 pc. 18

EXIT unit handle ............................. 1 pc. 13TBID screw ..................................... 1 pc. 13ADU indicating seal (only for Japan) .... 1 pc. 22

Page 267: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Install the exit unit opening/closing handle 13and the vertical transport guide 14 to the exit

unit using the accessory screws (TBID M4X14 1pc.,

PAN M3X6 2pcs.).

Install the exit unit as follows.

• Put the projection part under the rear exit unit

side into the original hole.

• Fix the rear unit side only with the fixing bracket.

• Close the exit unit pushing the opening/closing

handle. (Check that the magnetic catch sticks.)

Page 268: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 19 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Close the copier upper unit.

Install the ADU to the copier upper feeding slot.

Install the drawer stopper as follows.

• Stop the ADU when it is half put in place.

• Install the drawer stopper (1 screw, TBID

M4X10) to the exit side bracket of the copier.

• Be careful not to catch your fingers between

the two units when the upper unit is pressed

down.

Page 269: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Push in the ADU until it stops after the stopper has

been installed.

Install the front cover.

Close the front cover.

Page 270: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 21 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Stick the ADU indication seal (only for Japan).

Page 271: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 22 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

18.3 Paper Feed Unit MY-1006

• The unpacking and set-up procedure should

be done by a qualified person.

Page 272: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 23 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Remove the contents from the box.

Open the carton box.

Unplug the power cable from the outlet.

Page 273: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 24 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

• Open the front cover.

• Lift up the upper unit.

(If the MY-1006 is installed to the copier.)

Remove all the cassettes.

Page 274: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 25 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Remove the slot cover (2 screws) from the corre-

sponding slot.

Remove the connector cover for the correspond-

ing slot.

Remove the 2 screws for the lower slot of the PFP.

Open the right side cover.

Page 275: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 26 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Install the switch for the corresponding slot (2

screws).

Remove the paper feed unit from the package.

Install the paper feed unit (2 screws).

Connect the connector.

Page 276: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 27 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

Install the connector of the paper feed side.

Install the connector cover to the original position.

Install the size plate to the cassette.

Install the cassette.

Page 277: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 28 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

Page 278: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 29 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

18.4 Installation of Red Filter (Service Part)(This filter improves the reproduction of red originals.)

Feed side

Lens Red filter

Bracket projection

<Procedure>

(1) Remove the original glass, optical cover and

lens cover.

(2) Set the red filter on the lens unit bracket at

the feed side. Lens unit bracket

Red filter

Lens bracket

Page 279: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 30 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.

18.5 Key Copy Counter MU-8/MU-10To install the key copy counter, the following parts are required:

• MU-10 Counter socket• MU- 8 Key copy counter

Counter socket• MU-10

Key copy counter• MU-8

(1) Remove the upper feed cover.

Cut the window for the counter.

(2) Remove the blind plate (1 screw) for the 200V

machine.

(3) Pull out the harness connector from the open-

ing in the machine frame.

Disconnect the short connector from the har-

ness.

Note: Remove the rear cover if the harness con-

nector is in the back etc.

Screw holes for the socket

Harness connector

Blind plate

Page 280: Toshiba 2060_2860_2870 Manual de Reparacion

Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 31 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION

(4) Insert the socket connector into the harness

connector.

(5) Install the counter socket to the frame (2 M3

screws).

(6) Reinstall the upper feed cover.

(7) Insert the key copy counter with its arrow mark

facing up as shown.

Socketconnector Harness connector

Screws(M3)